Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/term.c @ 49506:ac9e2eeeb03d
New format of AUTHORS file; list each
author name once followed by contributed and changed files.
Improve selection of entries to include in list, and generate list
of unrecognized entries indicating syntax errors in ChangeLog files.
(authors-coding-system): New variable.
(authors-many-files): Update doc string.
(authors-aliases): Change format. Now one entry with multiple
aliases per author.
(authors-valid-file-names, authors-renamed-files-alist)
(authors-renamed-files-regexps): New variables.
(authors-canonical-file-name): New function. Validates that file
exists or occurs in one of the above lists. Record unrecognized
file names in global authors-invalid-file-names list.
(authors-add): Change to record per-change counts.
(authors-canonical-author-name): Handle new format of
authors-aliases list.
(authors-scan-change-log): Rename FILE arg to LOG-FILE.
Change doc string to describe new entry format.
Only add author entries for valid file names.
(authors-print): Replace by authors-add-to-author-list.
(authors-add-to-author-list): New function which reorders
per-file entries and adds them to global authors-author-list.
(authors): Instead of authors-print to insert in *Authors* buffer,
use authors-add-to-author-list to reorder the list and then
insert result in *Authors* buffer with new format.
Generate *Authors Errors* compilation-mode buffer listing
unrecognized ChangeLog entries.
author | Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk> |
---|---|
date | Wed, 29 Jan 2003 00:13:11 +0000 |
parents | 96e8fdfd951d |
children | 23a1cea22d13 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
1 /* Terminal control module for terminals described by TERMCAP |
45548 | 2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 93, 94, 95, 98, 2000, 2001, 2002 |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
253 | 4 |
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
6 | |
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
621 | 9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
253 | 10 any later version. |
11 | |
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
15 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
16 | |
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
14186
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14036
diff
changeset
|
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14036
diff
changeset
|
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ |
253 | 21 |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
22 /* New redisplay, TTY faces by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */ |
253 | 23 |
7900
60795e826dad
Put stdio.h after config.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7649
diff
changeset
|
24 #include <config.h> |
253 | 25 #include <stdio.h> |
26 #include <ctype.h> | |
25002 | 27 #include <string.h> |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39914
diff
changeset
|
28 |
253 | 29 #include "termchar.h" |
30 #include "termopts.h" | |
31 #include "lisp.h" | |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
32 #include "charset.h" |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
33 #include "coding.h" |
31102
6a0caa788013
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30848
diff
changeset
|
34 #include "keyboard.h" |
765 | 35 #include "frame.h" |
253 | 36 #include "disptab.h" |
37 #include "termhooks.h" | |
21514 | 38 #include "dispextern.h" |
25002 | 39 #include "window.h" |
39697
0b986bb45526
Include keymap.h.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
40 #include "keymap.h" |
25002 | 41 |
33672
a94852aef620
Don't try to include termcap.h; see comment there.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33006
diff
changeset
|
42 /* For now, don't try to include termcap.h. On some systems, |
a94852aef620
Don't try to include termcap.h; see comment there.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33006
diff
changeset
|
43 configure finds a non-standard termcap.h that the main build |
a94852aef620
Don't try to include termcap.h; see comment there.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33006
diff
changeset
|
44 won't find. */ |
a94852aef620
Don't try to include termcap.h; see comment there.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33006
diff
changeset
|
45 |
a94852aef620
Don't try to include termcap.h; see comment there.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33006
diff
changeset
|
46 #if defined HAVE_TERMCAP_H && 0 |
25727
46fe79182b54
(OUTPUT_IF, OUTPUT1_IF): Use do-while.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25675
diff
changeset
|
47 #include <termcap.h> |
29929
bb7557f86f5b
[!HAVE_TERMCAP_H]: Declare tputs, tgetent, tgetflag, tgetnum.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29462
diff
changeset
|
48 #else |
bb7557f86f5b
[!HAVE_TERMCAP_H]: Declare tputs, tgetent, tgetflag, tgetnum.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29462
diff
changeset
|
49 extern void tputs P_ ((const char *, int, int (*)(int))); |
bb7557f86f5b
[!HAVE_TERMCAP_H]: Declare tputs, tgetent, tgetflag, tgetnum.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29462
diff
changeset
|
50 extern int tgetent P_ ((char *, const char *)); |
bb7557f86f5b
[!HAVE_TERMCAP_H]: Declare tputs, tgetent, tgetflag, tgetnum.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29462
diff
changeset
|
51 extern int tgetflag P_ ((char *id)); |
bb7557f86f5b
[!HAVE_TERMCAP_H]: Declare tputs, tgetent, tgetflag, tgetnum.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29462
diff
changeset
|
52 extern int tgetnum P_ ((char *id)); |
25727
46fe79182b54
(OUTPUT_IF, OUTPUT1_IF): Use do-while.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25675
diff
changeset
|
53 #endif |
46fe79182b54
(OUTPUT_IF, OUTPUT1_IF): Use do-while.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25675
diff
changeset
|
54 |
21827
87c7f4bd99da
Include cm.h after dispextern.h to avoid name conflicts
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
21624
diff
changeset
|
55 #include "cm.h" |
21514 | 56 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
57 #include "xterm.h" | |
58 #endif | |
44890
01b93e5e53a7
Patch for building Emacs on Mac OS X. April 26, 2002. See ChangeLog,
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
44372
diff
changeset
|
59 #ifdef MAC_OS |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
31829
diff
changeset
|
60 #include "macterm.h" |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
31829
diff
changeset
|
61 #endif |
8898 | 62 |
25002 | 63 static void turn_on_face P_ ((struct frame *, int face_id)); |
64 static void turn_off_face P_ ((struct frame *, int face_id)); | |
65 static void tty_show_cursor P_ ((void)); | |
66 static void tty_hide_cursor P_ ((void)); | |
67 | |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
68 #define OUTPUT(a) \ |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
69 tputs (a, (int) (FRAME_HEIGHT (XFRAME (selected_frame)) - curY), cmputc) |
253 | 70 #define OUTPUT1(a) tputs (a, 1, cmputc) |
71 #define OUTPUTL(a, lines) tputs (a, lines, cmputc) | |
25002 | 72 |
25727
46fe79182b54
(OUTPUT_IF, OUTPUT1_IF): Use do-while.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25675
diff
changeset
|
73 #define OUTPUT_IF(a) \ |
46fe79182b54
(OUTPUT_IF, OUTPUT1_IF): Use do-while.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25675
diff
changeset
|
74 do { \ |
46fe79182b54
(OUTPUT_IF, OUTPUT1_IF): Use do-while.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25675
diff
changeset
|
75 if (a) \ |
46fe79182b54
(OUTPUT_IF, OUTPUT1_IF): Use do-while.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25675
diff
changeset
|
76 tputs (a, (int) (FRAME_HEIGHT (XFRAME (selected_frame)) \ |
46fe79182b54
(OUTPUT_IF, OUTPUT1_IF): Use do-while.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25675
diff
changeset
|
77 - curY), cmputc); \ |
46fe79182b54
(OUTPUT_IF, OUTPUT1_IF): Use do-while.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25675
diff
changeset
|
78 } while (0) |
25002 | 79 |
25727
46fe79182b54
(OUTPUT_IF, OUTPUT1_IF): Use do-while.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25675
diff
changeset
|
80 #define OUTPUT1_IF(a) do { if (a) tputs (a, 1, cmputc); } while (0) |
253 | 81 |
15974
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
82 /* Function to use to ring the bell. */ |
25002 | 83 |
15974
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
84 Lisp_Object Vring_bell_function; |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
85 |
3591
507f64624555
Apply typo patches from Paul Eggert.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3489
diff
changeset
|
86 /* Terminal characteristics that higher levels want to look at. |
253 | 87 These are all extern'd in termchar.h */ |
88 | |
89 int must_write_spaces; /* Nonzero means spaces in the text | |
90 must actually be output; can't just skip | |
91 over some columns to leave them blank. */ | |
92 int min_padding_speed; /* Speed below which no padding necessary */ | |
93 | |
94 int line_ins_del_ok; /* Terminal can insert and delete lines */ | |
95 int char_ins_del_ok; /* Terminal can insert and delete chars */ | |
96 int scroll_region_ok; /* Terminal supports setting the | |
97 scroll window */ | |
10261
4fd304db9216
(scroll_region_cost): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10121
diff
changeset
|
98 int scroll_region_cost; /* Cost of setting a scroll window, |
4fd304db9216
(scroll_region_cost): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10121
diff
changeset
|
99 measured in characters */ |
765 | 100 int memory_below_frame; /* Terminal remembers lines |
253 | 101 scrolled off bottom */ |
102 int fast_clear_end_of_line; /* Terminal has a `ce' string */ | |
103 | |
765 | 104 /* Nonzero means no need to redraw the entire frame on resuming |
253 | 105 a suspended Emacs. This is useful on terminals with multiple pages, |
106 where one page is used for Emacs and another for all else. */ | |
25002 | 107 |
253 | 108 int no_redraw_on_reenter; |
109 | |
110 /* Hook functions that you can set to snap out the functions in this file. | |
111 These are all extern'd in termhooks.h */ | |
112 | |
21514 | 113 void (*cursor_to_hook) P_ ((int, int)); |
114 void (*raw_cursor_to_hook) P_ ((int, int)); | |
115 void (*clear_to_end_hook) P_ ((void)); | |
116 void (*clear_frame_hook) P_ ((void)); | |
117 void (*clear_end_of_line_hook) P_ ((int)); | |
253 | 118 |
21514 | 119 void (*ins_del_lines_hook) P_ ((int, int)); |
253 | 120 |
21514 | 121 void (*delete_glyphs_hook) P_ ((int)); |
253 | 122 |
21514 | 123 void (*ring_bell_hook) P_ ((void)); |
253 | 124 |
21514 | 125 void (*reset_terminal_modes_hook) P_ ((void)); |
126 void (*set_terminal_modes_hook) P_ ((void)); | |
127 void (*update_begin_hook) P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
128 void (*update_end_hook) P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
129 void (*set_terminal_window_hook) P_ ((int)); | |
25002 | 130 void (*insert_glyphs_hook) P_ ((struct glyph *, int)); |
131 void (*write_glyphs_hook) P_ ((struct glyph *, int)); | |
132 void (*delete_glyphs_hook) P_ ((int)); | |
253 | 133 |
21514 | 134 int (*read_socket_hook) P_ ((int, struct input_event *, int, int)); |
253 | 135 |
21514 | 136 void (*frame_up_to_date_hook) P_ ((struct frame *)); |
6652
a537d9d83e52
(frame_up_to_date_hook): Defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6250
diff
changeset
|
137 |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
138 /* Return the current position of the mouse. |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
139 |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
140 Set *f to the frame the mouse is in, or zero if the mouse is in no |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
141 Emacs frame. If it is set to zero, all the other arguments are |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
142 garbage. |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
143 |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
144 If the motion started in a scroll bar, set *bar_window to the |
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
145 scroll bar's window, *part to the part the mouse is currently over, |
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
146 *x to the position of the mouse along the scroll bar, and *y to the |
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
147 overall length of the scroll bar. |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
148 |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
149 Otherwise, set *bar_window to Qnil, and *x and *y to the column and |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
150 row of the character cell the mouse is over. |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
151 |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
152 Set *time to the time the mouse was at the returned position. |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
153 |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
154 This should clear mouse_moved until the next motion |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
155 event arrives. */ |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
156 |
21514 | 157 void (*mouse_position_hook) P_ ((FRAME_PTR *f, int insist, |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
158 Lisp_Object *bar_window, |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
159 enum scroll_bar_part *part, |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
160 Lisp_Object *x, |
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
161 Lisp_Object *y, |
21514 | 162 unsigned long *time)); |
253 | 163 |
765 | 164 /* When reading from a minibuffer in a different frame, Emacs wants |
25002 | 165 to shift the highlight from the selected frame to the mini-buffer's |
765 | 166 frame; under X, this means it lies about where the focus is. |
339 | 167 This hook tells the window system code to re-decide where to put |
168 the highlight. */ | |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
169 |
21514 | 170 void (*frame_rehighlight_hook) P_ ((FRAME_PTR f)); |
339 | 171 |
1821
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
172 /* If we're displaying frames using a window system that can stack |
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
173 frames on top of each other, this hook allows you to bring a frame |
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
174 to the front, or bury it behind all the other windows. If this |
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
175 hook is zero, that means the device we're displaying on doesn't |
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
176 support overlapping frames, so there's no need to raise or lower |
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
177 anything. |
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
178 |
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
179 If RAISE is non-zero, F is brought to the front, before all other |
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
180 windows. If RAISE is zero, F is sent to the back, behind all other |
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
181 windows. */ |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
182 |
21514 | 183 void (*frame_raise_lower_hook) P_ ((FRAME_PTR f, int raise)); |
1821
04fb1d3d6992
JimB's changes since January 18th
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1781
diff
changeset
|
184 |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
185 /* Set the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to have its upper left corner |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
186 at (TOP, LEFT), and be LENGTH rows high. Set its handle to |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
187 indicate that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
188 of WHOLE characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW doesn't yet |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
189 have a scroll bar, create one for it. */ |
25002 | 190 |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
191 void (*set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook) |
21514 | 192 P_ ((struct window *window, |
193 int portion, int whole, int position)); | |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
194 |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
195 |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
196 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
197 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
198 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go |
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
199 away is a real pain - can you say set-window-configuration? |
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
200 Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay that *all* |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
201 scroll bars are to be removed, and then save scroll bars from the |
14036 | 202 fiery pit when we actually redisplay their window. */ |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
203 |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
204 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call |
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
205 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if |
25002 | 206 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
207 |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
208 This should be applied to each frame each time its window tree is |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
209 redisplayed, even if it is not displaying scroll bars at the moment; |
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
210 if the HAS_SCROLL_BARS flag has just been turned off, only calling |
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
211 this and the judge_scroll_bars_hook will get rid of them. |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
212 |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
213 If non-zero, this hook should be safe to apply to any frame, |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
214 whether or not it can support scroll bars, and whether or not it is |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
215 currently displaying them. */ |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
216 |
21514 | 217 void (*condemn_scroll_bars_hook) P_ ((FRAME_PTR frame)); |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
218 |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
219 /* Unmark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgement cycle. |
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
220 Note that it's okay to redeem a scroll bar that is not condemned. */ |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
221 |
21514 | 222 void (*redeem_scroll_bar_hook) P_ ((struct window *window)); |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
223 |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
224 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the |
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
225 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
226 |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
227 This should be applied to each frame after each time its window |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
228 tree is redisplayed, even if it is not displaying scroll bars at the |
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
229 moment; if the HAS_SCROLL_BARS flag has just been turned off, only |
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
230 calling this and condemn_scroll_bars_hook will get rid of them. |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
231 |
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
232 If non-zero, this hook should be safe to apply to any frame, |
1994
73ce9dd21093
Use the term `scroll bar', instead of `scrollbar'.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1821
diff
changeset
|
233 whether or not it can support scroll bars, and whether or not it is |
1781
3f161f6701b1
* term.c (set_vertical_scrollbar_hook, condemn_scrollbars_hook,
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1717
diff
changeset
|
234 currently displaying them. */ |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
235 |
21514 | 236 void (*judge_scroll_bars_hook) P_ ((FRAME_PTR FRAME)); |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
237 |
25002 | 238 /* Hook to call in estimate_mode_line_height, if any. */ |
239 | |
240 int (* estimate_mode_line_height_hook) P_ ((struct frame *f, enum face_id)); | |
241 | |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
242 |
253 | 243 /* Strings, numbers and flags taken from the termcap entry. */ |
244 | |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
245 char *TS_ins_line; /* "al" */ |
253 | 246 char *TS_ins_multi_lines; /* "AL" (one parameter, # lines to insert) */ |
247 char *TS_bell; /* "bl" */ | |
248 char *TS_clr_to_bottom; /* "cd" */ | |
249 char *TS_clr_line; /* "ce", clear to end of line */ | |
765 | 250 char *TS_clr_frame; /* "cl" */ |
253 | 251 char *TS_set_scroll_region; /* "cs" (2 params, first line and last line) */ |
252 char *TS_set_scroll_region_1; /* "cS" (4 params: total lines, | |
253 lines above scroll region, lines below it, | |
254 total lines again) */ | |
255 char *TS_del_char; /* "dc" */ | |
256 char *TS_del_multi_chars; /* "DC" (one parameter, # chars to delete) */ | |
257 char *TS_del_line; /* "dl" */ | |
258 char *TS_del_multi_lines; /* "DL" (one parameter, # lines to delete) */ | |
259 char *TS_delete_mode; /* "dm", enter character-delete mode */ | |
260 char *TS_end_delete_mode; /* "ed", leave character-delete mode */ | |
261 char *TS_end_insert_mode; /* "ei", leave character-insert mode */ | |
262 char *TS_ins_char; /* "ic" */ | |
263 char *TS_ins_multi_chars; /* "IC" (one parameter, # chars to insert) */ | |
264 char *TS_insert_mode; /* "im", enter character-insert mode */ | |
265 char *TS_pad_inserted_char; /* "ip". Just padding, no commands. */ | |
266 char *TS_end_keypad_mode; /* "ke" */ | |
267 char *TS_keypad_mode; /* "ks" */ | |
268 char *TS_pad_char; /* "pc", char to use as padding */ | |
269 char *TS_repeat; /* "rp" (2 params, # times to repeat | |
270 and character to be repeated) */ | |
271 char *TS_end_standout_mode; /* "se" */ | |
272 char *TS_fwd_scroll; /* "sf" */ | |
273 char *TS_standout_mode; /* "so" */ | |
274 char *TS_rev_scroll; /* "sr" */ | |
275 char *TS_end_termcap_modes; /* "te" */ | |
276 char *TS_termcap_modes; /* "ti" */ | |
277 char *TS_visible_bell; /* "vb" */ | |
25002 | 278 char *TS_cursor_normal; /* "ve" */ |
279 char *TS_cursor_visible; /* "vs" */ | |
280 char *TS_cursor_invisible; /* "vi" */ | |
253 | 281 char *TS_set_window; /* "wi" (4 params, start and end of window, |
282 each as vpos and hpos) */ | |
283 | |
28465
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
284 /* Value of the "NC" (no_color_video) capability, or 0 if not |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
285 present. */ |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
286 |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
287 static int TN_no_color_video; |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
288 |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
289 /* Meaning of bits in no_color_video. Each bit set means that the |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
290 corresponding attribute cannot be combined with colors. */ |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
291 |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
292 enum no_color_bit |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
293 { |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
294 NC_STANDOUT = 1 << 0, |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
295 NC_UNDERLINE = 1 << 1, |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
296 NC_REVERSE = 1 << 2, |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
297 NC_BLINK = 1 << 3, |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
298 NC_DIM = 1 << 4, |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
299 NC_BOLD = 1 << 5, |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
300 NC_INVIS = 1 << 6, |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
301 NC_PROTECT = 1 << 7, |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
302 NC_ALT_CHARSET = 1 << 8 |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
303 }; |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
304 |
25002 | 305 /* "md" -- turn on bold (extra bright mode). */ |
306 | |
307 char *TS_enter_bold_mode; | |
308 | |
309 /* "mh" -- turn on half-bright mode. */ | |
310 | |
311 char *TS_enter_dim_mode; | |
312 | |
313 /* "mb" -- enter blinking mode. */ | |
314 | |
315 char *TS_enter_blink_mode; | |
316 | |
317 /* "mr" -- enter reverse video mode. */ | |
318 | |
319 char *TS_enter_reverse_mode; | |
320 | |
321 /* "us"/"ue" -- start/end underlining. */ | |
322 | |
323 char *TS_exit_underline_mode, *TS_enter_underline_mode; | |
324 | |
325 /* "as"/"ae" -- start/end alternate character set. Not really | |
326 supported, yet. */ | |
327 | |
328 char *TS_enter_alt_charset_mode, *TS_exit_alt_charset_mode; | |
329 | |
330 /* "me" -- switch appearances off. */ | |
331 | |
332 char *TS_exit_attribute_mode; | |
333 | |
334 /* "Co" -- number of colors. */ | |
335 | |
336 int TN_max_colors; | |
337 | |
338 /* "pa" -- max. number of color pairs on screen. Not handled yet. | |
339 Could be a problem if not equal to TN_max_colors * TN_max_colors. */ | |
340 | |
341 int TN_max_pairs; | |
342 | |
343 /* "op" -- SVr4 set default pair to its original value. */ | |
344 | |
345 char *TS_orig_pair; | |
346 | |
347 /* "AF"/"AB" or "Sf"/"Sb"-- set ANSI or SVr4 foreground/background color. | |
348 1 param, the color index. */ | |
349 | |
350 char *TS_set_foreground, *TS_set_background; | |
351 | |
253 | 352 int TF_hazeltine; /* termcap hz flag. */ |
353 int TF_insmode_motion; /* termcap mi flag: can move while in insert mode. */ | |
354 int TF_standout_motion; /* termcap mi flag: can move while in standout mode. */ | |
25002 | 355 int TF_underscore; /* termcap ul flag: _ underlines if over-struck on |
356 non-blank position. Must clear before writing _. */ | |
253 | 357 int TF_teleray; /* termcap xt flag: many weird consequences. |
358 For t1061. */ | |
359 | |
360 static int RPov; /* # chars to start a TS_repeat */ | |
361 | |
362 static int delete_in_insert_mode; /* delete mode == insert mode */ | |
363 | |
364 static int se_is_so; /* 1 if same string both enters and leaves | |
365 standout mode */ | |
366 | |
367 /* internal state */ | |
368 | |
10771
d564078d10c6
(calculate_costs): Update max_frame_height, max_frame_width.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10481
diff
changeset
|
369 /* The largest frame width in any call to calculate_costs. */ |
25002 | 370 |
10771
d564078d10c6
(calculate_costs): Update max_frame_height, max_frame_width.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10481
diff
changeset
|
371 int max_frame_width; |
25002 | 372 |
10771
d564078d10c6
(calculate_costs): Update max_frame_height, max_frame_width.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10481
diff
changeset
|
373 /* The largest frame height in any call to calculate_costs. */ |
25002 | 374 |
10771
d564078d10c6
(calculate_costs): Update max_frame_height, max_frame_width.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10481
diff
changeset
|
375 int max_frame_height; |
d564078d10c6
(calculate_costs): Update max_frame_height, max_frame_width.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10481
diff
changeset
|
376 |
46114
aec8f44db426
term.c (costs_set): Declare static, non-initialized for pcc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
45548
diff
changeset
|
377 static int costs_set; /* Nonzero if costs have been calculated. */ |
253 | 378 |
379 int insert_mode; /* Nonzero when in insert mode. */ | |
380 int standout_mode; /* Nonzero when in standout mode. */ | |
381 | |
382 /* Size of window specified by higher levels. | |
765 | 383 This is the number of lines, from the top of frame downwards, |
253 | 384 which can participate in insert-line/delete-line operations. |
385 | |
765 | 386 Effectively it excludes the bottom frame_height - specified_window_size |
253 | 387 lines from those operations. */ |
388 | |
389 int specified_window; | |
390 | |
765 | 391 /* Frame currently being redisplayed; 0 if not currently redisplaying. |
253 | 392 (Direct output does not count). */ |
393 | |
765 | 394 FRAME_PTR updating_frame; |
253 | 395 |
6752
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
396 /* Provided for lisp packages. */ |
25002 | 397 |
6752
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
398 static int system_uses_terminfo; |
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
399 |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
400 /* Flag used in tty_show/hide_cursor. */ |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
401 |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
402 static int tty_cursor_hidden; |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
403 |
253 | 404 char *tparam (); |
8612
86065bec6fc9
(term_init): Added missing argument to tgetstr.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8027
diff
changeset
|
405 |
86065bec6fc9
(term_init): Added missing argument to tgetstr.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8027
diff
changeset
|
406 extern char *tgetstr (); |
253 | 407 |
9797
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
408 |
35448
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
409 #ifdef WINDOWSNT |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
410 /* We aren't X windows, but we aren't termcap either. This makes me |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
411 uncertain as to what value to use for frame.output_method. For |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
412 this file, we'll define FRAME_TERMCAP_P to be zero so that our |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
413 output hooks get called instead of the termcap functions. Probably |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
414 the best long-term solution is to define an output_windows_nt... */ |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
415 |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
416 #undef FRAME_TERMCAP_P |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
417 #define FRAME_TERMCAP_P(_f_) 0 |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
418 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */ |
dc70b7c5709b
(FRAME_TERMCAP_P) [WINDOWSNT]: Reinstate original
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35091
diff
changeset
|
419 |
21514 | 420 void |
253 | 421 ring_bell () |
422 { | |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
423 if (!NILP (Vring_bell_function)) |
15974
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
424 { |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
425 Lisp_Object function; |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
426 |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
427 /* Temporarily set the global variable to nil |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
428 so that if we get an error, it stays nil |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
429 and we don't call it over and over. |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
430 |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
431 We don't specbind it, because that would carefully |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
432 restore the bad value if there's an error |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
433 and make the loop of errors happen anyway. */ |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
434 |
15974
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
435 function = Vring_bell_function; |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
436 Vring_bell_function = Qnil; |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
437 |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
438 call0 (function); |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
439 |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
440 Vring_bell_function = function; |
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
441 } |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
442 else if (!FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (selected_frame))) |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
443 (*ring_bell_hook) (); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
444 else |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
445 OUTPUT (TS_visible_bell && visible_bell ? TS_visible_bell : TS_bell); |
253 | 446 } |
447 | |
21514 | 448 void |
253 | 449 set_terminal_modes () |
450 { | |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
451 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (selected_frame))) |
253 | 452 { |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
453 OUTPUT_IF (TS_termcap_modes); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
454 OUTPUT_IF (TS_cursor_visible); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
455 OUTPUT_IF (TS_keypad_mode); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
456 losecursor (); |
253 | 457 } |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
458 else |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
459 (*set_terminal_modes_hook) (); |
253 | 460 } |
461 | |
21514 | 462 void |
253 | 463 reset_terminal_modes () |
464 { | |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
465 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (selected_frame))) |
253 | 466 { |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
467 turn_off_highlight (); |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
468 turn_off_insert (); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
469 OUTPUT_IF (TS_end_keypad_mode); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
470 OUTPUT_IF (TS_cursor_normal); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
471 OUTPUT_IF (TS_end_termcap_modes); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
472 OUTPUT_IF (TS_orig_pair); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
473 /* Output raw CR so kernel can track the cursor hpos. */ |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
474 cmputc ('\r'); |
253 | 475 } |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
476 else if (reset_terminal_modes_hook) |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
477 (*reset_terminal_modes_hook) (); |
253 | 478 } |
479 | |
21514 | 480 void |
765 | 481 update_begin (f) |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
482 struct frame *f; |
253 | 483 { |
765 | 484 updating_frame = f; |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
485 if (!FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
486 update_begin_hook (f); |
253 | 487 } |
488 | |
21514 | 489 void |
765 | 490 update_end (f) |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
491 struct frame *f; |
253 | 492 { |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
493 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
253 | 494 { |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
495 if (!XWINDOW (selected_window)->cursor_off_p) |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
496 tty_show_cursor (); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
497 turn_off_insert (); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
498 background_highlight (); |
253 | 499 } |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
500 else |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
501 update_end_hook (f); |
25002 | 502 |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
503 updating_frame = NULL; |
253 | 504 } |
505 | |
21514 | 506 void |
253 | 507 set_terminal_window (size) |
508 int size; | |
509 { | |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
510 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (updating_frame)) |
253 | 511 { |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
512 specified_window = size ? size : FRAME_HEIGHT (updating_frame); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
513 if (scroll_region_ok) |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
514 set_scroll_region (0, specified_window); |
253 | 515 } |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
516 else |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
517 set_terminal_window_hook (size); |
253 | 518 } |
519 | |
21514 | 520 void |
253 | 521 set_scroll_region (start, stop) |
522 int start, stop; | |
523 { | |
524 char *buf; | |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
525 struct frame *sf = XFRAME (selected_frame); |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
526 |
253 | 527 if (TS_set_scroll_region) |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
528 buf = tparam (TS_set_scroll_region, 0, 0, start, stop - 1); |
253 | 529 else if (TS_set_scroll_region_1) |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
530 buf = tparam (TS_set_scroll_region_1, 0, 0, |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
531 FRAME_HEIGHT (sf), start, |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
532 FRAME_HEIGHT (sf) - stop, |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
533 FRAME_HEIGHT (sf)); |
253 | 534 else |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
535 buf = tparam (TS_set_window, 0, 0, start, 0, stop, FRAME_WIDTH (sf)); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
536 |
253 | 537 OUTPUT (buf); |
2439
b6c62e4abf59
Put interrupt input blocking in a separate file from xterm.h.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2243
diff
changeset
|
538 xfree (buf); |
253 | 539 losecursor (); |
540 } | |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
541 |
253 | 542 |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
543 static void |
253 | 544 turn_on_insert () |
545 { | |
546 if (!insert_mode) | |
547 OUTPUT (TS_insert_mode); | |
548 insert_mode = 1; | |
549 } | |
550 | |
21514 | 551 void |
253 | 552 turn_off_insert () |
553 { | |
554 if (insert_mode) | |
555 OUTPUT (TS_end_insert_mode); | |
556 insert_mode = 0; | |
557 } | |
558 | |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
559 /* Handle highlighting. */ |
253 | 560 |
21514 | 561 void |
253 | 562 turn_off_highlight () |
563 { | |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
564 if (standout_mode) |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
565 OUTPUT_IF (TS_end_standout_mode); |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
566 standout_mode = 0; |
253 | 567 } |
568 | |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
569 static void |
253 | 570 turn_on_highlight () |
571 { | |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
572 if (!standout_mode) |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
573 OUTPUT_IF (TS_standout_mode); |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
574 standout_mode = 1; |
253 | 575 } |
576 | |
37477
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
577 static void |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
578 toggle_highlight () |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
579 { |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
580 if (standout_mode) |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
581 turn_off_highlight (); |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
582 else |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
583 turn_on_highlight (); |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
584 } |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
585 |
25002 | 586 |
587 /* Make cursor invisible. */ | |
588 | |
589 static void | |
590 tty_hide_cursor () | |
591 { | |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
592 if (tty_cursor_hidden == 0) |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
593 { |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
594 tty_cursor_hidden = 1; |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
595 OUTPUT_IF (TS_cursor_invisible); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
596 } |
25002 | 597 } |
598 | |
599 | |
600 /* Ensure that cursor is visible. */ | |
601 | |
602 static void | |
603 tty_show_cursor () | |
604 { | |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
605 if (tty_cursor_hidden) |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
606 { |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
607 tty_cursor_hidden = 0; |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
608 OUTPUT_IF (TS_cursor_normal); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
609 OUTPUT_IF (TS_cursor_visible); |
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
610 } |
25002 | 611 } |
612 | |
613 | |
253 | 614 /* Set standout mode to the state it should be in for |
615 empty space inside windows. What this is, | |
616 depends on the user option inverse-video. */ | |
617 | |
21514 | 618 void |
253 | 619 background_highlight () |
620 { | |
621 if (inverse_video) | |
622 turn_on_highlight (); | |
623 else | |
624 turn_off_highlight (); | |
625 } | |
626 | |
627 /* Set standout mode to the mode specified for the text to be output. */ | |
628 | |
21514 | 629 static void |
253 | 630 highlight_if_desired () |
631 { | |
40081
07d7dbf18784
(reassert_line_highlight_hook, change_line_highlight_hook): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
632 if (inverse_video) |
253 | 633 turn_on_highlight (); |
40081
07d7dbf18784
(reassert_line_highlight_hook, change_line_highlight_hook): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
634 else |
07d7dbf18784
(reassert_line_highlight_hook, change_line_highlight_hook): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
635 turn_off_highlight (); |
253 | 636 } |
637 | |
638 | |
25002 | 639 /* Move cursor to row/column position VPOS/HPOS. HPOS/VPOS are |
640 frame-relative coordinates. */ | |
253 | 641 |
21514 | 642 void |
25002 | 643 cursor_to (vpos, hpos) |
644 int vpos, hpos; | |
253 | 645 { |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
646 struct frame *f = updating_frame ? updating_frame : XFRAME (selected_frame); |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
647 |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
648 if (! FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && cursor_to_hook) |
253 | 649 { |
25002 | 650 (*cursor_to_hook) (vpos, hpos); |
253 | 651 return; |
652 } | |
653 | |
12071
f85f23c50344
(cursor_to, clear_to_end_of_line_raw):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11530
diff
changeset
|
654 /* Detect the case where we are called from reset_sys_modes |
f85f23c50344
(cursor_to, clear_to_end_of_line_raw):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11530
diff
changeset
|
655 and the costs have never been calculated. Do nothing. */ |
40081
07d7dbf18784
(reassert_line_highlight_hook, change_line_highlight_hook): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
656 if (! costs_set) |
12071
f85f23c50344
(cursor_to, clear_to_end_of_line_raw):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11530
diff
changeset
|
657 return; |
f85f23c50344
(cursor_to, clear_to_end_of_line_raw):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11530
diff
changeset
|
658 |
25002 | 659 if (curY == vpos && curX == hpos) |
253 | 660 return; |
661 if (!TF_standout_motion) | |
662 background_highlight (); | |
663 if (!TF_insmode_motion) | |
664 turn_off_insert (); | |
25002 | 665 cmgoto (vpos, hpos); |
253 | 666 } |
667 | |
668 /* Similar but don't take any account of the wasted characters. */ | |
669 | |
21514 | 670 void |
253 | 671 raw_cursor_to (row, col) |
621 | 672 int row, col; |
253 | 673 { |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
674 struct frame *f = updating_frame ? updating_frame : XFRAME (selected_frame); |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
675 if (! FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
253 | 676 { |
677 (*raw_cursor_to_hook) (row, col); | |
678 return; | |
679 } | |
680 if (curY == row && curX == col) | |
681 return; | |
682 if (!TF_standout_motion) | |
683 background_highlight (); | |
684 if (!TF_insmode_motion) | |
685 turn_off_insert (); | |
686 cmgoto (row, col); | |
687 } | |
688 | |
689 /* Erase operations */ | |
690 | |
765 | 691 /* clear from cursor to end of frame */ |
21514 | 692 void |
253 | 693 clear_to_end () |
694 { | |
695 register int i; | |
696 | |
8806
2d3bfce2e1f0
(clear_to_end): Fix reversed condition.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8612
diff
changeset
|
697 if (clear_to_end_hook && ! FRAME_TERMCAP_P (updating_frame)) |
253 | 698 { |
699 (*clear_to_end_hook) (); | |
700 return; | |
701 } | |
702 if (TS_clr_to_bottom) | |
703 { | |
704 background_highlight (); | |
705 OUTPUT (TS_clr_to_bottom); | |
706 } | |
707 else | |
708 { | |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
709 for (i = curY; i < FRAME_HEIGHT (XFRAME (selected_frame)); i++) |
253 | 710 { |
711 cursor_to (i, 0); | |
40081
07d7dbf18784
(reassert_line_highlight_hook, change_line_highlight_hook): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
712 clear_end_of_line (FRAME_WIDTH (XFRAME (selected_frame))); |
253 | 713 } |
714 } | |
715 } | |
716 | |
765 | 717 /* Clear entire frame */ |
253 | 718 |
21514 | 719 void |
765 | 720 clear_frame () |
253 | 721 { |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
722 struct frame *sf = XFRAME (selected_frame); |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
723 |
765 | 724 if (clear_frame_hook |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
725 && ! FRAME_TERMCAP_P ((updating_frame ? updating_frame : sf))) |
253 | 726 { |
765 | 727 (*clear_frame_hook) (); |
253 | 728 return; |
729 } | |
765 | 730 if (TS_clr_frame) |
253 | 731 { |
732 background_highlight (); | |
765 | 733 OUTPUT (TS_clr_frame); |
253 | 734 cmat (0, 0); |
735 } | |
736 else | |
737 { | |
738 cursor_to (0, 0); | |
739 clear_to_end (); | |
740 } | |
741 } | |
742 | |
743 /* Clear from cursor to end of line. | |
744 Assume that the line is already clear starting at column first_unused_hpos. | |
745 | |
746 Note that the cursor may be moved, on terminals lacking a `ce' string. */ | |
747 | |
21514 | 748 void |
40081
07d7dbf18784
(reassert_line_highlight_hook, change_line_highlight_hook): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
749 clear_end_of_line (first_unused_hpos) |
253 | 750 int first_unused_hpos; |
751 { | |
752 register int i; | |
753 | |
754 if (clear_end_of_line_hook | |
969
16649ee21625
* term.c (FRAME_IS_TERMCAP, FRAME_IS_X, FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF):
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
797
diff
changeset
|
755 && ! FRAME_TERMCAP_P ((updating_frame |
765 | 756 ? updating_frame |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
757 : XFRAME (selected_frame)))) |
253 | 758 { |
759 (*clear_end_of_line_hook) (first_unused_hpos); | |
760 return; | |
761 } | |
762 | |
12071
f85f23c50344
(cursor_to, clear_to_end_of_line_raw):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11530
diff
changeset
|
763 /* Detect the case where we are called from reset_sys_modes |
f85f23c50344
(cursor_to, clear_to_end_of_line_raw):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11530
diff
changeset
|
764 and the costs have never been calculated. Do nothing. */ |
40081
07d7dbf18784
(reassert_line_highlight_hook, change_line_highlight_hook): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
765 if (! costs_set) |
12071
f85f23c50344
(cursor_to, clear_to_end_of_line_raw):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11530
diff
changeset
|
766 return; |
f85f23c50344
(cursor_to, clear_to_end_of_line_raw):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11530
diff
changeset
|
767 |
253 | 768 if (curX >= first_unused_hpos) |
769 return; | |
770 background_highlight (); | |
771 if (TS_clr_line) | |
772 { | |
773 OUTPUT1 (TS_clr_line); | |
774 } | |
775 else | |
776 { /* have to do it the hard way */ | |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
777 struct frame *sf = XFRAME (selected_frame); |
253 | 778 turn_off_insert (); |
779 | |
25002 | 780 /* Do not write in last row last col with Auto-wrap on. */ |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
781 if (AutoWrap && curY == FRAME_HEIGHT (sf) - 1 |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
782 && first_unused_hpos == FRAME_WIDTH (sf)) |
253 | 783 first_unused_hpos--; |
784 | |
785 for (i = curX; i < first_unused_hpos; i++) | |
786 { | |
787 if (termscript) | |
788 fputc (' ', termscript); | |
789 putchar (' '); | |
790 } | |
791 cmplus (first_unused_hpos - curX); | |
792 } | |
793 } | |
794 | |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
795 /* Encode SRC_LEN glyphs starting at SRC to terminal output codes and |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
796 store them at DST. Do not write more than DST_LEN bytes. That may |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
797 require stopping before all SRC_LEN input glyphs have been |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
798 converted. |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
799 |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
800 We store the number of glyphs actually converted in *CONSUMED. The |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
801 return value is the number of bytes store in DST. */ |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
802 |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
803 int |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
804 encode_terminal_code (src, dst, src_len, dst_len, consumed) |
25002 | 805 struct glyph *src; |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
806 int src_len; |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
807 unsigned char *dst; |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
808 int dst_len, *consumed; |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
809 { |
25002 | 810 struct glyph *src_start = src, *src_end = src + src_len; |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
811 unsigned char *dst_start = dst, *dst_end = dst + dst_len; |
17180
364327df6e7c
(encode_terminal_code): Check validity of character code.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
17046
diff
changeset
|
812 register GLYPH g; |
46559
96e8fdfd951d
(encode_terminal_code): Buffer pointer now const.
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46114
diff
changeset
|
813 unsigned char workbuf[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH]; |
96e8fdfd951d
(encode_terminal_code): Buffer pointer now const.
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46114
diff
changeset
|
814 const unsigned char *buf; |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
815 int len; |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
816 register int tlen = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH; |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
817 register Lisp_Object *tbase = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE; |
24263
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
818 int result; |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
819 struct coding_system *coding; |
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
820 |
29448
348aa1a6a062
(encode_terminal_code): Change the way to check if
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
29263
diff
changeset
|
821 /* If terminal_coding does any conversion, use it, otherwise use |
348aa1a6a062
(encode_terminal_code): Change the way to check if
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
29263
diff
changeset
|
822 safe_terminal_coding. We can't use CODING_REQUIRE_ENCODING here |
348aa1a6a062
(encode_terminal_code): Change the way to check if
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
29263
diff
changeset
|
823 because it always return 1 if the member src_multibyte is 1. */ |
348aa1a6a062
(encode_terminal_code): Change the way to check if
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
29263
diff
changeset
|
824 coding = (terminal_coding.common_flags & CODING_REQUIRE_ENCODING_MASK |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
825 ? &terminal_coding |
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
826 : &safe_terminal_coding); |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
827 |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
828 while (src < src_end) |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
829 { |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
830 /* We must skip glyphs to be padded for a wide character. */ |
25002 | 831 if (! CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*src)) |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
832 { |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
833 g = GLYPH_FROM_CHAR_GLYPH (src[0]); |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
834 |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
835 if (g < 0 || g >= tlen) |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
836 { |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
837 /* This glyph doesn't has an entry in Vglyph_table. */ |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
838 if (! CHAR_VALID_P (src->u.ch, 0)) |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
839 { |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
840 len = 1; |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
841 buf = " "; |
29097
8b0db3f5a010
(encode_terminal_code): Set coding->src_multibyte properly.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
29019
diff
changeset
|
842 coding->src_multibyte = 0; |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
843 } |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
844 else |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
845 { |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
846 len = CHAR_STRING (src->u.ch, workbuf); |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
847 buf = workbuf; |
29097
8b0db3f5a010
(encode_terminal_code): Set coding->src_multibyte properly.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
29019
diff
changeset
|
848 coding->src_multibyte = 1; |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
849 } |
26871
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
850 } |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
851 else |
19035 | 852 { |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
853 /* This glyph has an entry in Vglyph_table, |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
854 so process any alias before testing for simpleness. */ |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
855 GLYPH_FOLLOW_ALIASES (tbase, tlen, g); |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
856 |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
857 if (GLYPH_SIMPLE_P (tbase, tlen, g)) |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
858 { |
27128
5cd86a04d3ef
(encode_terminal_code): Fix the previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
27087
diff
changeset
|
859 /* We set the multi-byte form of a character in G |
5cd86a04d3ef
(encode_terminal_code): Fix the previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
27087
diff
changeset
|
860 (that should be an ASCII character) at |
5cd86a04d3ef
(encode_terminal_code): Fix the previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
27087
diff
changeset
|
861 WORKBUF. */ |
5cd86a04d3ef
(encode_terminal_code): Fix the previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
27087
diff
changeset
|
862 workbuf[0] = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g); |
5cd86a04d3ef
(encode_terminal_code): Fix the previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
27087
diff
changeset
|
863 len = 1; |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
864 buf = workbuf; |
29097
8b0db3f5a010
(encode_terminal_code): Set coding->src_multibyte properly.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
29019
diff
changeset
|
865 coding->src_multibyte = 0; |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
866 } |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
867 else |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
868 { |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
869 /* We have a string in Vglyph_table. */ |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
870 len = GLYPH_LENGTH (tbase, g); |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
871 buf = GLYPH_STRING (tbase, g); |
29097
8b0db3f5a010
(encode_terminal_code): Set coding->src_multibyte properly.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
29019
diff
changeset
|
872 coding->src_multibyte = STRING_MULTIBYTE (tbase[g]); |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
873 } |
19035 | 874 } |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
875 |
24263
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
876 result = encode_coding (coding, buf, dst, len, dst_end - dst); |
23338
0a2b76b09162
(encode_terminal_code): Handle raw 8-bit codes correctly.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23066
diff
changeset
|
877 len -= coding->consumed; |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
878 dst += coding->produced; |
24263
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
879 if (result == CODING_FINISH_INSUFFICIENT_DST |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
880 || (result == CODING_FINISH_INSUFFICIENT_SRC |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
881 && len > dst_end - dst)) |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
882 /* The remaining output buffer is too short. We must |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
883 break the loop here without increasing SRC so that the |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
884 next call of this function starts from the same glyph. */ |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
885 break; |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
886 |
23338
0a2b76b09162
(encode_terminal_code): Handle raw 8-bit codes correctly.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23066
diff
changeset
|
887 if (len > 0) |
0a2b76b09162
(encode_terminal_code): Handle raw 8-bit codes correctly.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23066
diff
changeset
|
888 { |
24263
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
889 /* This is the case that a code of the range 0200..0237 |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
890 exists in buf. We must just write out such a code. */ |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
891 buf += coding->consumed; |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
892 while (len--) |
e81f007b15fa
(encode_terminal_code): Fix previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23338
diff
changeset
|
893 *dst++ = *buf++; |
23338
0a2b76b09162
(encode_terminal_code): Handle raw 8-bit codes correctly.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
23066
diff
changeset
|
894 } |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
895 } |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
896 src++; |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
897 } |
25002 | 898 |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
899 *consumed = src - src_start; |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
900 return (dst - dst_start); |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
901 } |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
902 |
253 | 903 |
21514 | 904 void |
253 | 905 write_glyphs (string, len) |
25002 | 906 register struct glyph *string; |
253 | 907 register int len; |
908 { | |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
909 int produced, consumed; |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
910 struct frame *sf = XFRAME (selected_frame); |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
911 struct frame *f = updating_frame ? updating_frame : sf; |
30836
b590724d8c48
(write_glyphs): Use a locally declared conversion_buffer.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
30821
diff
changeset
|
912 unsigned char conversion_buffer[1024]; |
b590724d8c48
(write_glyphs): Use a locally declared conversion_buffer.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
30821
diff
changeset
|
913 int conversion_buffer_size = sizeof conversion_buffer; |
253 | 914 |
915 if (write_glyphs_hook | |
25002 | 916 && ! FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
253 | 917 { |
918 (*write_glyphs_hook) (string, len); | |
919 return; | |
920 } | |
921 | |
922 turn_off_insert (); | |
37959
b53edc686faf
(tty_cursor_hidden): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37499
diff
changeset
|
923 tty_hide_cursor (); |
253 | 924 |
25002 | 925 /* Don't dare write in last column of bottom line, if Auto-Wrap, |
765 | 926 since that would scroll the whole frame on some terminals. */ |
253 | 927 |
928 if (AutoWrap | |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
929 && curY + 1 == FRAME_HEIGHT (sf) |
40081
07d7dbf18784
(reassert_line_highlight_hook, change_line_highlight_hook): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
930 && (curX + len) == FRAME_WIDTH (sf)) |
253 | 931 len --; |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
932 if (len <= 0) |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
933 return; |
253 | 934 |
935 cmplus (len); | |
25002 | 936 |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
937 /* The mode bit CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK should be set to 1 only at |
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
938 the tail. */ |
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
939 terminal_coding.mode &= ~CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK; |
25002 | 940 |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
941 while (len > 0) |
253 | 942 { |
25002 | 943 /* Identify a run of glyphs with the same face. */ |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
944 int face_id = string->face_id; |
25002 | 945 int n; |
946 | |
947 for (n = 1; n < len; ++n) | |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
948 if (string[n].face_id != face_id) |
25002 | 949 break; |
950 | |
951 /* Turn appearance modes of the face of the run on. */ | |
30821
593b589de709
(turn_off_face): Reset standout_mode when resetting
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29929
diff
changeset
|
952 highlight_if_desired (); |
25002 | 953 turn_on_face (f, face_id); |
954 | |
955 while (n > 0) | |
253 | 956 { |
30836
b590724d8c48
(write_glyphs): Use a locally declared conversion_buffer.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
30821
diff
changeset
|
957 /* We use a fixed size (1024 bytes) of conversion buffer. |
b590724d8c48
(write_glyphs): Use a locally declared conversion_buffer.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
30821
diff
changeset
|
958 Usually it is sufficient, but if not, we just repeat the |
b590724d8c48
(write_glyphs): Use a locally declared conversion_buffer.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
30821
diff
changeset
|
959 loop. */ |
25002 | 960 produced = encode_terminal_code (string, conversion_buffer, |
961 n, conversion_buffer_size, | |
962 &consumed); | |
963 if (produced > 0) | |
964 { | |
965 fwrite (conversion_buffer, 1, produced, stdout); | |
966 if (ferror (stdout)) | |
967 clearerr (stdout); | |
968 if (termscript) | |
969 fwrite (conversion_buffer, 1, produced, termscript); | |
970 } | |
971 len -= consumed; | |
972 n -= consumed; | |
973 string += consumed; | |
253 | 974 } |
25002 | 975 |
976 /* Turn appearance modes off. */ | |
977 turn_off_face (f, face_id); | |
30848
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
978 turn_off_highlight (); |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
979 } |
25002 | 980 |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
981 /* We may have to output some codes to terminate the writing. */ |
20223
1e30a8b4ff3f
(encode_terminal_code): Use new macros defined in
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
19385
diff
changeset
|
982 if (CODING_REQUIRE_FLUSHING (&terminal_coding)) |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
983 { |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
984 terminal_coding.mode |= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK; |
23066
d40f9a8d7779
(write_glyphs): When terminal_coding require flushing,
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
21827
diff
changeset
|
985 encode_coding (&terminal_coding, "", conversion_buffer, |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
986 0, conversion_buffer_size); |
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
987 if (terminal_coding.produced > 0) |
19277
7ea957cd48e2
(encode_terminal_code): Use safe_terminal_coding if
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
19035
diff
changeset
|
988 { |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
989 fwrite (conversion_buffer, 1, terminal_coding.produced, stdout); |
19277
7ea957cd48e2
(encode_terminal_code): Use safe_terminal_coding if
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
19035
diff
changeset
|
990 if (ferror (stdout)) |
7ea957cd48e2
(encode_terminal_code): Use safe_terminal_coding if
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
19035
diff
changeset
|
991 clearerr (stdout); |
7ea957cd48e2
(encode_terminal_code): Use safe_terminal_coding if
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
19035
diff
changeset
|
992 if (termscript) |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
993 fwrite (conversion_buffer, 1, terminal_coding.produced, |
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
994 termscript); |
19277
7ea957cd48e2
(encode_terminal_code): Use safe_terminal_coding if
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
19035
diff
changeset
|
995 } |
253 | 996 } |
25002 | 997 |
10439
1fcbeb4410f6
(write_glyphs, insert_glyphs): Call checkmagic.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10332
diff
changeset
|
998 cmcheckmagic (); |
253 | 999 } |
1000 | |
1001 /* If start is zero, insert blanks instead of a string at start */ | |
1002 | |
21514 | 1003 void |
253 | 1004 insert_glyphs (start, len) |
25002 | 1005 register struct glyph *start; |
253 | 1006 register int len; |
1007 { | |
1008 char *buf; | |
31829
43566b0aec59
Avoid some more compiler warnings.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31102
diff
changeset
|
1009 struct glyph *glyph = NULL; |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
1010 struct frame *f, *sf; |
253 | 1011 |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1012 if (len <= 0) |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1013 return; |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1014 |
25002 | 1015 if (insert_glyphs_hook) |
253 | 1016 { |
1017 (*insert_glyphs_hook) (start, len); | |
1018 return; | |
1019 } | |
25002 | 1020 |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
1021 sf = XFRAME (selected_frame); |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
1022 f = updating_frame ? updating_frame : sf; |
253 | 1023 |
1024 if (TS_ins_multi_chars) | |
1025 { | |
1026 buf = tparam (TS_ins_multi_chars, 0, 0, len); | |
1027 OUTPUT1 (buf); | |
2439
b6c62e4abf59
Put interrupt input blocking in a separate file from xterm.h.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2243
diff
changeset
|
1028 xfree (buf); |
253 | 1029 if (start) |
1030 write_glyphs (start, len); | |
1031 return; | |
1032 } | |
1033 | |
1034 turn_on_insert (); | |
1035 cmplus (len); | |
20711
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
1036 /* The bit CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK should be set to 1 only at the tail. */ |
9ab8e061c0bf
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20223
diff
changeset
|
1037 terminal_coding.mode &= ~CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK; |
17191
36caec9c2e52
(insert_glyphs): Fix a bug which turns up when
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
17180
diff
changeset
|
1038 while (len-- > 0) |
253 | 1039 { |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1040 int produced, consumed; |
30836
b590724d8c48
(write_glyphs): Use a locally declared conversion_buffer.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
30821
diff
changeset
|
1041 unsigned char conversion_buffer[1024]; |
b590724d8c48
(write_glyphs): Use a locally declared conversion_buffer.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
30821
diff
changeset
|
1042 int conversion_buffer_size = sizeof conversion_buffer; |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1043 |
253 | 1044 OUTPUT1_IF (TS_ins_char); |
1045 if (!start) | |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1046 { |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1047 conversion_buffer[0] = SPACEGLYPH; |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1048 produced = 1; |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1049 } |
253 | 1050 else |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1051 { |
30848
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1052 highlight_if_desired (); |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1053 turn_on_face (f, start->face_id); |
27085
59913a531d4e
(insert_glyphs): Pass glyph, not &glyph, to
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26999
diff
changeset
|
1054 glyph = start; |
25002 | 1055 ++start; |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1056 /* We must open sufficient space for a character which |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1057 occupies more than one column. */ |
25002 | 1058 while (len && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*start)) |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1059 { |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1060 OUTPUT1_IF (TS_ins_char); |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1061 start++, len--; |
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1062 } |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1063 |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1064 if (len <= 0) |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1065 /* This is the last glyph. */ |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1066 terminal_coding.mode |= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK; |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1067 |
30836
b590724d8c48
(write_glyphs): Use a locally declared conversion_buffer.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
30821
diff
changeset
|
1068 /* The size of conversion buffer (1024 bytes) is surely |
b590724d8c48
(write_glyphs): Use a locally declared conversion_buffer.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
30821
diff
changeset
|
1069 sufficient for just one glyph. */ |
27085
59913a531d4e
(insert_glyphs): Pass glyph, not &glyph, to
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26999
diff
changeset
|
1070 produced = encode_terminal_code (glyph, conversion_buffer, 1, |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1071 conversion_buffer_size, &consumed); |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1072 } |
253 | 1073 |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1074 if (produced > 0) |
253 | 1075 { |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1076 fwrite (conversion_buffer, 1, produced, stdout); |
253 | 1077 if (ferror (stdout)) |
1078 clearerr (stdout); | |
1079 if (termscript) | |
17046
84b0e9794a87
Include charset.h and coding.h.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16894
diff
changeset
|
1080 fwrite (conversion_buffer, 1, produced, termscript); |
253 | 1081 } |
1082 | |
10439
1fcbeb4410f6
(write_glyphs, insert_glyphs): Call checkmagic.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10332
diff
changeset
|
1083 OUTPUT1_IF (TS_pad_inserted_char); |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1084 if (start) |
30848
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1085 { |
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1086 turn_off_face (f, glyph->face_id); |
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1087 turn_off_highlight (); |
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1088 } |
10439
1fcbeb4410f6
(write_glyphs, insert_glyphs): Call checkmagic.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10332
diff
changeset
|
1089 } |
25002 | 1090 |
10439
1fcbeb4410f6
(write_glyphs, insert_glyphs): Call checkmagic.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10332
diff
changeset
|
1091 cmcheckmagic (); |
253 | 1092 } |
1093 | |
21514 | 1094 void |
253 | 1095 delete_glyphs (n) |
1096 register int n; | |
1097 { | |
1098 char *buf; | |
1099 register int i; | |
1100 | |
969
16649ee21625
* term.c (FRAME_IS_TERMCAP, FRAME_IS_X, FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF):
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
797
diff
changeset
|
1101 if (delete_glyphs_hook && ! FRAME_TERMCAP_P (updating_frame)) |
253 | 1102 { |
1103 (*delete_glyphs_hook) (n); | |
1104 return; | |
1105 } | |
1106 | |
1107 if (delete_in_insert_mode) | |
1108 { | |
1109 turn_on_insert (); | |
1110 } | |
1111 else | |
1112 { | |
1113 turn_off_insert (); | |
1114 OUTPUT_IF (TS_delete_mode); | |
1115 } | |
1116 | |
1117 if (TS_del_multi_chars) | |
1118 { | |
1119 buf = tparam (TS_del_multi_chars, 0, 0, n); | |
1120 OUTPUT1 (buf); | |
2439
b6c62e4abf59
Put interrupt input blocking in a separate file from xterm.h.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2243
diff
changeset
|
1121 xfree (buf); |
253 | 1122 } |
1123 else | |
1124 for (i = 0; i < n; i++) | |
1125 OUTPUT1 (TS_del_char); | |
1126 if (!delete_in_insert_mode) | |
1127 OUTPUT_IF (TS_end_delete_mode); | |
1128 } | |
1129 | |
1130 /* Insert N lines at vpos VPOS. If N is negative, delete -N lines. */ | |
1131 | |
21514 | 1132 void |
253 | 1133 ins_del_lines (vpos, n) |
1134 int vpos, n; | |
1135 { | |
1136 char *multi = n > 0 ? TS_ins_multi_lines : TS_del_multi_lines; | |
1137 char *single = n > 0 ? TS_ins_line : TS_del_line; | |
1138 char *scroll = n > 0 ? TS_rev_scroll : TS_fwd_scroll; | |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
1139 struct frame *sf; |
253 | 1140 |
1141 register int i = n > 0 ? n : -n; | |
1142 register char *buf; | |
1143 | |
969
16649ee21625
* term.c (FRAME_IS_TERMCAP, FRAME_IS_X, FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF):
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
797
diff
changeset
|
1144 if (ins_del_lines_hook && ! FRAME_TERMCAP_P (updating_frame)) |
253 | 1145 { |
1146 (*ins_del_lines_hook) (vpos, n); | |
1147 return; | |
1148 } | |
1149 | |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
1150 sf = XFRAME (selected_frame); |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
1151 |
253 | 1152 /* If the lines below the insertion are being pushed |
1153 into the end of the window, this is the same as clearing; | |
1154 and we know the lines are already clear, since the matching | |
1155 deletion has already been done. So can ignore this. */ | |
1156 /* If the lines below the deletion are blank lines coming | |
1157 out of the end of the window, don't bother, | |
1158 as there will be a matching inslines later that will flush them. */ | |
1159 if (scroll_region_ok && vpos + i >= specified_window) | |
1160 return; | |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
1161 if (!memory_below_frame && vpos + i >= FRAME_HEIGHT (sf)) |
253 | 1162 return; |
1163 | |
1164 if (multi) | |
1165 { | |
1166 raw_cursor_to (vpos, 0); | |
1167 background_highlight (); | |
1168 buf = tparam (multi, 0, 0, i); | |
1169 OUTPUT (buf); | |
2439
b6c62e4abf59
Put interrupt input blocking in a separate file from xterm.h.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2243
diff
changeset
|
1170 xfree (buf); |
253 | 1171 } |
1172 else if (single) | |
1173 { | |
1174 raw_cursor_to (vpos, 0); | |
1175 background_highlight (); | |
1176 while (--i >= 0) | |
1177 OUTPUT (single); | |
1178 if (TF_teleray) | |
1179 curX = 0; | |
1180 } | |
1181 else | |
1182 { | |
1183 set_scroll_region (vpos, specified_window); | |
1184 if (n < 0) | |
1185 raw_cursor_to (specified_window - 1, 0); | |
1186 else | |
1187 raw_cursor_to (vpos, 0); | |
1188 background_highlight (); | |
1189 while (--i >= 0) | |
1190 OUTPUTL (scroll, specified_window - vpos); | |
1191 set_scroll_region (0, specified_window); | |
1192 } | |
1193 | |
765 | 1194 if (!scroll_region_ok && memory_below_frame && n < 0) |
253 | 1195 { |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
1196 cursor_to (FRAME_HEIGHT (sf) + n, 0); |
253 | 1197 clear_to_end (); |
1198 } | |
1199 } | |
1200 | |
1201 /* Compute cost of sending "str", in characters, | |
1202 not counting any line-dependent padding. */ | |
1203 | |
1204 int | |
1205 string_cost (str) | |
1206 char *str; | |
1207 { | |
1208 cost = 0; | |
1209 if (str) | |
1210 tputs (str, 0, evalcost); | |
1211 return cost; | |
1212 } | |
1213 | |
1214 /* Compute cost of sending "str", in characters, | |
1215 counting any line-dependent padding at one line. */ | |
1216 | |
1217 static int | |
1218 string_cost_one_line (str) | |
1219 char *str; | |
1220 { | |
1221 cost = 0; | |
1222 if (str) | |
1223 tputs (str, 1, evalcost); | |
1224 return cost; | |
1225 } | |
1226 | |
1227 /* Compute per line amount of line-dependent padding, | |
1228 in tenths of characters. */ | |
1229 | |
1230 int | |
1231 per_line_cost (str) | |
1232 register char *str; | |
1233 { | |
1234 cost = 0; | |
1235 if (str) | |
1236 tputs (str, 0, evalcost); | |
1237 cost = - cost; | |
1238 if (str) | |
1239 tputs (str, 10, evalcost); | |
1240 return cost; | |
1241 } | |
1242 | |
1243 #ifndef old | |
1244 /* char_ins_del_cost[n] is cost of inserting N characters. | |
10771
d564078d10c6
(calculate_costs): Update max_frame_height, max_frame_width.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10481
diff
changeset
|
1245 char_ins_del_cost[-n] is cost of deleting N characters. |
d564078d10c6
(calculate_costs): Update max_frame_height, max_frame_width.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10481
diff
changeset
|
1246 The length of this vector is based on max_frame_width. */ |
253 | 1247 |
1248 int *char_ins_del_vector; | |
1249 | |
765 | 1250 #define char_ins_del_cost(f) (&char_ins_del_vector[FRAME_WIDTH ((f))]) |
253 | 1251 #endif |
1252 | |
1253 /* ARGSUSED */ | |
1254 static void | |
765 | 1255 calculate_ins_del_char_costs (frame) |
1256 FRAME_PTR frame; | |
253 | 1257 { |
1258 int ins_startup_cost, del_startup_cost; | |
1259 int ins_cost_per_char, del_cost_per_char; | |
1260 register int i; | |
1261 register int *p; | |
1262 | |
1263 if (TS_ins_multi_chars) | |
1264 { | |
1265 ins_cost_per_char = 0; | |
1266 ins_startup_cost = string_cost_one_line (TS_ins_multi_chars); | |
1267 } | |
1268 else if (TS_ins_char || TS_pad_inserted_char | |
1269 || (TS_insert_mode && TS_end_insert_mode)) | |
1270 { | |
1271 ins_startup_cost = (30 * (string_cost (TS_insert_mode) | |
1272 + string_cost (TS_end_insert_mode))) / 100; | |
1273 ins_cost_per_char = (string_cost_one_line (TS_ins_char) | |
1274 + string_cost_one_line (TS_pad_inserted_char)); | |
1275 } | |
1276 else | |
1277 { | |
1278 ins_startup_cost = 9999; | |
1279 ins_cost_per_char = 0; | |
1280 } | |
1281 | |
1282 if (TS_del_multi_chars) | |
1283 { | |
1284 del_cost_per_char = 0; | |
1285 del_startup_cost = string_cost_one_line (TS_del_multi_chars); | |
1286 } | |
1287 else if (TS_del_char) | |
1288 { | |
1289 del_startup_cost = (string_cost (TS_delete_mode) | |
1290 + string_cost (TS_end_delete_mode)); | |
1291 if (delete_in_insert_mode) | |
1292 del_startup_cost /= 2; | |
1293 del_cost_per_char = string_cost_one_line (TS_del_char); | |
1294 } | |
1295 else | |
1296 { | |
1297 del_startup_cost = 9999; | |
1298 del_cost_per_char = 0; | |
1299 } | |
1300 | |
1301 /* Delete costs are at negative offsets */ | |
765 | 1302 p = &char_ins_del_cost (frame)[0]; |
14980
1659a0ea3c0c
(calculate_ins_del_char_costs): Use proper frame's width.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
1303 for (i = FRAME_WIDTH (frame); --i >= 0;) |
253 | 1304 *--p = (del_startup_cost += del_cost_per_char); |
1305 | |
1306 /* Doing nothing is free */ | |
765 | 1307 p = &char_ins_del_cost (frame)[0]; |
253 | 1308 *p++ = 0; |
1309 | |
1310 /* Insert costs are at positive offsets */ | |
765 | 1311 for (i = FRAME_WIDTH (frame); --i >= 0;) |
253 | 1312 *p++ = (ins_startup_cost += ins_cost_per_char); |
1313 } | |
1314 | |
21514 | 1315 void |
765 | 1316 calculate_costs (frame) |
1317 FRAME_PTR frame; | |
253 | 1318 { |
10121
3f9f77a9488d
(calculate_costs): Set FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9797
diff
changeset
|
1319 register char *f = (TS_set_scroll_region |
3f9f77a9488d
(calculate_costs): Set FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9797
diff
changeset
|
1320 ? TS_set_scroll_region |
3f9f77a9488d
(calculate_costs): Set FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9797
diff
changeset
|
1321 : TS_set_scroll_region_1); |
253 | 1322 |
10121
3f9f77a9488d
(calculate_costs): Set FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9797
diff
changeset
|
1323 FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE (frame) = baud_rate; |
253 | 1324 |
10261
4fd304db9216
(scroll_region_cost): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10121
diff
changeset
|
1325 scroll_region_cost = string_cost (f); |
253 | 1326 |
1327 /* These variables are only used for terminal stuff. They are allocated | |
765 | 1328 once for the terminal frame of X-windows emacs, but not used afterwards. |
253 | 1329 |
1330 char_ins_del_vector (i.e., char_ins_del_cost) isn't used because | |
40081
07d7dbf18784
(reassert_line_highlight_hook, change_line_highlight_hook): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1331 X turns off char_ins_del_ok. */ |
253 | 1332 |
10771
d564078d10c6
(calculate_costs): Update max_frame_height, max_frame_width.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10481
diff
changeset
|
1333 max_frame_height = max (max_frame_height, FRAME_HEIGHT (frame)); |
d564078d10c6
(calculate_costs): Update max_frame_height, max_frame_width.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10481
diff
changeset
|
1334 max_frame_width = max (max_frame_width, FRAME_WIDTH (frame)); |
d564078d10c6
(calculate_costs): Update max_frame_height, max_frame_width.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10481
diff
changeset
|
1335 |
40081
07d7dbf18784
(reassert_line_highlight_hook, change_line_highlight_hook): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1336 costs_set = 1; |
253 | 1337 |
1338 if (char_ins_del_vector != 0) | |
1339 char_ins_del_vector | |
1340 = (int *) xrealloc (char_ins_del_vector, | |
1341 (sizeof (int) | |
10771
d564078d10c6
(calculate_costs): Update max_frame_height, max_frame_width.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10481
diff
changeset
|
1342 + 2 * max_frame_width * sizeof (int))); |
253 | 1343 else |
1344 char_ins_del_vector | |
1345 = (int *) xmalloc (sizeof (int) | |
10771
d564078d10c6
(calculate_costs): Update max_frame_height, max_frame_width.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10481
diff
changeset
|
1346 + 2 * max_frame_width * sizeof (int)); |
253 | 1347 |
1348 bzero (char_ins_del_vector, (sizeof (int) | |
10771
d564078d10c6
(calculate_costs): Update max_frame_height, max_frame_width.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10481
diff
changeset
|
1349 + 2 * max_frame_width * sizeof (int))); |
253 | 1350 |
765 | 1351 if (f && (!TS_ins_line && !TS_del_line)) |
1352 do_line_insertion_deletion_costs (frame, | |
253 | 1353 TS_rev_scroll, TS_ins_multi_lines, |
1354 TS_fwd_scroll, TS_del_multi_lines, | |
765 | 1355 f, f, 1); |
253 | 1356 else |
765 | 1357 do_line_insertion_deletion_costs (frame, |
253 | 1358 TS_ins_line, TS_ins_multi_lines, |
1359 TS_del_line, TS_del_multi_lines, | |
1360 0, 0, 1); | |
1361 | |
765 | 1362 calculate_ins_del_char_costs (frame); |
253 | 1363 |
1364 /* Don't use TS_repeat if its padding is worse than sending the chars */ | |
1365 if (TS_repeat && per_line_cost (TS_repeat) * baud_rate < 9000) | |
1366 RPov = string_cost (TS_repeat); | |
1367 else | |
765 | 1368 RPov = FRAME_WIDTH (frame) * 2; |
253 | 1369 |
1370 cmcostinit (); /* set up cursor motion costs */ | |
1371 } | |
1372 | |
1015
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1373 struct fkey_table { |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1374 char *cap, *name; |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1375 }; |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1376 |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1377 /* Termcap capability names that correspond directly to X keysyms. |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1378 Some of these (marked "terminfo") aren't supplied by old-style |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1379 (Berkeley) termcap entries. They're listed in X keysym order; |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1380 except we put the keypad keys first, so that if they clash with |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1381 other keys (as on the IBM PC keyboard) they get overridden. |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1382 */ |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1383 |
25002 | 1384 static struct fkey_table keys[] = |
1385 { | |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1386 {"kh", "home"}, /* termcap */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1387 {"kl", "left"}, /* termcap */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1388 {"ku", "up"}, /* termcap */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1389 {"kr", "right"}, /* termcap */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1390 {"kd", "down"}, /* termcap */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1391 {"%8", "prior"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1392 {"%5", "next"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1393 {"@7", "end"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1394 {"@1", "begin"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1395 {"*6", "select"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1396 {"%9", "print"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1397 {"@4", "execute"}, /* terminfo --- actually the `command' key */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1398 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1399 * "insert" --- see below |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1400 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1401 {"&8", "undo"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1402 {"%0", "redo"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1403 {"%7", "menu"}, /* terminfo --- actually the `options' key */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1404 {"@0", "find"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1405 {"@2", "cancel"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1406 {"%1", "help"}, /* terminfo */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1407 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1408 * "break" goes here, but can't be reliably intercepted with termcap |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1409 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1410 {"&4", "reset"}, /* terminfo --- actually `restart' */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1411 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1412 * "system" and "user" --- no termcaps |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1413 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1414 {"kE", "clearline"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1415 {"kA", "insertline"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1416 {"kL", "deleteline"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1417 {"kI", "insertchar"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1418 {"kD", "deletechar"}, /* terminfo */ |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1419 {"kB", "backtab"}, /* terminfo */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1420 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1421 * "kp_backtab", "kp-space", "kp-tab" --- no termcaps |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1422 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1423 {"@8", "kp-enter"}, /* terminfo */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1424 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1425 * "kp-f1", "kp-f2", "kp-f3" "kp-f4", |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1426 * "kp-multiply", "kp-add", "kp-separator", |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1427 * "kp-subtract", "kp-decimal", "kp-divide", "kp-0"; |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1428 * --- no termcaps for any of these. |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1429 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1430 {"K4", "kp-1"}, /* terminfo */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1431 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1432 * "kp-2" --- no termcap |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1433 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1434 {"K5", "kp-3"}, /* terminfo */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1435 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1436 * "kp-4" --- no termcap |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1437 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1438 {"K2", "kp-5"}, /* terminfo */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1439 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1440 * "kp-6" --- no termcap |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1441 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1442 {"K1", "kp-7"}, /* terminfo */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1443 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1444 * "kp-8" --- no termcap |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1445 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1446 {"K3", "kp-9"}, /* terminfo */ |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1447 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1448 * "kp-equal" --- no termcap |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1449 */ |
42122
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1450 {"k1", "f1"}, |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1451 {"k2", "f2"}, |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1452 {"k3", "f3"}, |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1453 {"k4", "f4"}, |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1454 {"k5", "f5"}, |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1455 {"k6", "f6"}, |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1456 {"k7", "f7"}, |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1457 {"k8", "f8"}, |
706558f91b28
(keys): Add missing braces around initializer.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40086
diff
changeset
|
1458 {"k9", "f9"} |
1015
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1459 }; |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1460 |
6248
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1461 static char **term_get_fkeys_arg; |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1462 static Lisp_Object term_get_fkeys_1 (); |
4543
929e4c850e76
(term_get_fkeys_define_1, term_get_fkeys_define): New functions.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4499
diff
changeset
|
1463 |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1464 /* Find the escape codes sent by the function keys for Vfunction_key_map. |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1465 This function scans the termcap function key sequence entries, and |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1466 adds entries to Vfunction_key_map for each function key it finds. */ |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1467 |
533 | 1468 void |
1469 term_get_fkeys (address) | |
1470 char **address; | |
1471 { | |
6248
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1472 /* We run the body of the function (term_get_fkeys_1) and ignore all Lisp |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1473 errors during the call. The only errors should be from Fdefine_key |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1474 when given a key sequence containing an invalid prefix key. If the |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1475 termcap defines function keys which use a prefix that is already bound |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1476 to a command by the default bindings, we should silently ignore that |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1477 function key specification, rather than giving the user an error and |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1478 refusing to run at all on such a terminal. */ |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1479 |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1480 extern Lisp_Object Fidentity (); |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1481 term_get_fkeys_arg = address; |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1482 internal_condition_case (term_get_fkeys_1, Qerror, Fidentity); |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1483 } |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1484 |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1485 static Lisp_Object |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1486 term_get_fkeys_1 () |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1487 { |
533 | 1488 int i; |
1489 | |
6250
a08cca81d0bd
(term_get_fkeys_1): Use term_get_fkeys_arg, not term_get_fkeys_address.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
6249
diff
changeset
|
1490 char **address = term_get_fkeys_arg; |
6249
365e7cbd7292
(term_get_fkeys_1): New local var ADDRESS, init to term_get_fkeys_address.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
6248
diff
changeset
|
1491 |
3359
ef29e2a4fc46
(term_get_fkeys): If not initialized, init Vfunction_key_map.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2961
diff
changeset
|
1492 /* This can happen if CANNOT_DUMP or with strange options. */ |
ef29e2a4fc46
(term_get_fkeys): If not initialized, init Vfunction_key_map.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2961
diff
changeset
|
1493 if (!initialized) |
ef29e2a4fc46
(term_get_fkeys): If not initialized, init Vfunction_key_map.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2961
diff
changeset
|
1494 Vfunction_key_map = Fmake_sparse_keymap (Qnil); |
ef29e2a4fc46
(term_get_fkeys): If not initialized, init Vfunction_key_map.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2961
diff
changeset
|
1495 |
533 | 1496 for (i = 0; i < (sizeof (keys)/sizeof (keys[0])); i++) |
1497 { | |
1498 char *sequence = tgetstr (keys[i].cap, address); | |
1499 if (sequence) | |
6248
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1500 Fdefine_key (Vfunction_key_map, build_string (sequence), |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1501 Fmake_vector (make_number (1), |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1502 intern (keys[i].name))); |
533 | 1503 } |
1015
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1504 |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1505 /* The uses of the "k0" capability are inconsistent; sometimes it |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1506 describes F10, whereas othertimes it describes F0 and "k;" describes F10. |
3591
507f64624555
Apply typo patches from Paul Eggert.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3489
diff
changeset
|
1507 We will attempt to politely accommodate both systems by testing for |
1015
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1508 "k;", and if it is present, assuming that "k0" denotes F0, otherwise F10. |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1509 */ |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1510 { |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1511 char *k_semi = tgetstr ("k;", address); |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1512 char *k0 = tgetstr ("k0", address); |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1513 char *k0_name = "f10"; |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1514 |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1515 if (k_semi) |
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1516 { |
43073
c9baf4b00820
(term_get_fkeys_1): If `k0' and `k;' are both specified and
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
42959
diff
changeset
|
1517 if (k0) |
c9baf4b00820
(term_get_fkeys_1): If `k0' and `k;' are both specified and
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
42959
diff
changeset
|
1518 /* Define f0 first, so that f10 takes precedence in case the |
c9baf4b00820
(term_get_fkeys_1): If `k0' and `k;' are both specified and
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
42959
diff
changeset
|
1519 key sequences happens to be the same. */ |
c9baf4b00820
(term_get_fkeys_1): If `k0' and `k;' are both specified and
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
42959
diff
changeset
|
1520 Fdefine_key (Vfunction_key_map, build_string (k0), |
c9baf4b00820
(term_get_fkeys_1): If `k0' and `k;' are both specified and
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
42959
diff
changeset
|
1521 Fmake_vector (make_number (1), intern ("f0"))); |
6248
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1522 Fdefine_key (Vfunction_key_map, build_string (k_semi), |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1523 Fmake_vector (make_number (1), intern ("f10"))); |
1015
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1524 } |
43073
c9baf4b00820
(term_get_fkeys_1): If `k0' and `k;' are both specified and
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
42959
diff
changeset
|
1525 else if (k0) |
6248
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1526 Fdefine_key (Vfunction_key_map, build_string (k0), |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1527 Fmake_vector (make_number (1), intern (k0_name))); |
1015
58c373be762c
* term.c (term_get_fkeys): Some systems define `static' to be the
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
969
diff
changeset
|
1528 } |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1529 |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1530 /* Set up cookies for numbered function keys above f10. */ |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1531 { |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1532 char fcap[3], fkey[4]; |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1533 |
3489
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1534 fcap[0] = 'F'; fcap[2] = '\0'; |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1535 for (i = 11; i < 64; i++) |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1536 { |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1537 if (i <= 19) |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1538 fcap[1] = '1' + i - 11; |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1539 else if (i <= 45) |
10481
24756aef26e3
(term_get_fkeys_1): Bug fix for function key above f19.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10439
diff
changeset
|
1540 fcap[1] = 'A' + i - 20; |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1541 else |
10481
24756aef26e3
(term_get_fkeys_1): Bug fix for function key above f19.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10439
diff
changeset
|
1542 fcap[1] = 'a' + i - 46; |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1543 |
3489
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1544 { |
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1545 char *sequence = tgetstr (fcap, address); |
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1546 if (sequence) |
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1547 { |
4543
929e4c850e76
(term_get_fkeys_define_1, term_get_fkeys_define): New functions.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4499
diff
changeset
|
1548 sprintf (fkey, "f%d", i); |
6248
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1549 Fdefine_key (Vfunction_key_map, build_string (sequence), |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1550 Fmake_vector (make_number (1), |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1551 intern (fkey))); |
3489
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1552 } |
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1553 } |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1554 } |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1555 } |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1556 |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1557 /* |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1558 * Various mappings to try and get a better fit. |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1559 */ |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1560 { |
3489
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1561 #define CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN(cap1, cap2, sym) \ |
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1562 if (!tgetstr (cap1, address)) \ |
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1563 { \ |
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1564 char *sequence = tgetstr (cap2, address); \ |
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1565 if (sequence) \ |
6248
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1566 Fdefine_key (Vfunction_key_map, build_string (sequence), \ |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1567 Fmake_vector (make_number (1), \ |
0e4319197d29
(term_get_fkeys_data): Variable removed.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5933
diff
changeset
|
1568 intern (sym))); \ |
3489
5c2b4797aab2
(term_get_fkeys): Use correct names for F10 and up.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3359
diff
changeset
|
1569 } |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1570 |
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1571 /* if there's no key_next keycap, map key_npage to `next' keysym */ |
2243
23228edebc59
Fix spacing conventions.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2239
diff
changeset
|
1572 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("%5", "kN", "next"); |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1573 /* if there's no key_prev keycap, map key_ppage to `previous' keysym */ |
3706
5a563b062c0d
(term_get_fkeys): Use `prior', not `previous', for %8/kP.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3591
diff
changeset
|
1574 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("%8", "kP", "prior"); |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1575 /* if there's no key_dc keycap, map key_ic to `insert' keysym */ |
2243
23228edebc59
Fix spacing conventions.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2239
diff
changeset
|
1576 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("kD", "kI", "insert"); |
19385
8f58b5d12021
(term_get_fkeys_1): Use kH as alternate for move-to-last-line.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19277
diff
changeset
|
1577 /* if there's no key_end keycap, map key_ll to 'end' keysym */ |
8f58b5d12021
(term_get_fkeys_1): Use kH as alternate for move-to-last-line.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19277
diff
changeset
|
1578 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("@7", "kH", "end"); |
9524
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1579 |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1580 /* IBM has their own non-standard dialect of terminfo. |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1581 If the standard name isn't found, try the IBM name. */ |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1582 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("kB", "KO", "backtab"); |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1583 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("@4", "kJ", "execute"); /* actually "action" */ |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1584 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("@4", "kc", "execute"); /* actually "command" */ |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1585 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("%7", "ki", "menu"); |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1586 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("@7", "kw", "end"); |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1587 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("F1", "k<", "f11"); |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1588 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("F2", "k>", "f12"); |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1589 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("%1", "kq", "help"); |
f42e5fd15f6f
(term_get_fkeys_1): Workaround for IBM's dialect of terminfo.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8898
diff
changeset
|
1590 CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN ("*6", "kU", "select"); |
2224
49bda4cf498c
Supply second arg for tgetstr() calls.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
2179
diff
changeset
|
1591 #undef CONDITIONAL_REASSIGN |
2137
8e4d2d1e7c66
Added lots more cookies to fkey_table[], and code to do even more.
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
parents:
1994
diff
changeset
|
1592 } |
25002 | 1593 |
1594 return Qnil; | |
533 | 1595 } |
1596 | |
1597 | |
25002 | 1598 /*********************************************************************** |
1599 Character Display Information | |
1600 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1601 | |
1602 static void append_glyph P_ ((struct it *)); | |
1603 | |
1604 | |
1605 /* Append glyphs to IT's glyph_row. Called from produce_glyphs for | |
1606 terminal frames if IT->glyph_row != NULL. IT->c is the character | |
1607 for which to produce glyphs; IT->face_id contains the character's | |
1608 face. Padding glyphs are appended if IT->c has a IT->pixel_width > | |
1609 1. */ | |
1610 | |
1611 static void | |
1612 append_glyph (it) | |
1613 struct it *it; | |
1614 { | |
1615 struct glyph *glyph, *end; | |
1616 int i; | |
1617 | |
1618 xassert (it->glyph_row); | |
1619 glyph = (it->glyph_row->glyphs[it->area] | |
1620 + it->glyph_row->used[it->area]); | |
1621 end = it->glyph_row->glyphs[1 + it->area]; | |
1622 | |
1623 for (i = 0; | |
1624 i < it->pixel_width && glyph < end; | |
1625 ++i) | |
1626 { | |
1627 glyph->type = CHAR_GLYPH; | |
29462
3306af2e4f3d
(append_glyph): Revert change of 2000-06-06.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29448
diff
changeset
|
1628 glyph->pixel_width = 1; |
26999
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1629 glyph->u.ch = it->c; |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1630 glyph->face_id = it->face_id; |
5d0057e6170e
(encode_terminal_code): Adjusted for the change of struct
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1631 glyph->padding_p = i > 0; |
25002 | 1632 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position); |
1633 glyph->object = it->object; | |
1634 | |
1635 ++it->glyph_row->used[it->area]; | |
1636 ++glyph; | |
1637 } | |
1638 } | |
1639 | |
1640 | |
44372 | 1641 /* Produce glyphs for the display element described by IT. *IT |
1642 specifies what we want to produce a glyph for (character, image, ...), | |
1643 and where in the glyph matrix we currently are (glyph row and hpos). | |
1644 produce_glyphs fills in output fields of *IT with information such as the | |
1645 pixel width and height of a character, and maybe output actual glyphs at | |
25002 | 1646 the same time if IT->glyph_row is non-null. See the explanation of |
44372 | 1647 struct display_iterator in dispextern.h for an overview. |
1648 | |
1649 produce_glyphs also stores the result of glyph width, ascent | |
1650 etc. computations in *IT. | |
1651 | |
1652 IT->glyph_row may be null, in which case produce_glyphs does not | |
1653 actually fill in the glyphs. This is used in the move_* functions | |
1654 in xdisp.c for text width and height computations. | |
1655 | |
1656 Callers usually don't call produce_glyphs directly; | |
1657 instead they use the macro PRODUCE_GLYPHS. */ | |
25002 | 1658 |
1659 void | |
1660 produce_glyphs (it) | |
1661 struct it *it; | |
1662 { | |
1663 /* If a hook is installed, let it do the work. */ | |
1664 xassert (it->what == IT_CHARACTER | |
26871
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1665 || it->what == IT_COMPOSITION |
25002 | 1666 || it->what == IT_IMAGE |
1667 || it->what == IT_STRETCH); | |
1668 | |
26871
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1669 /* Nothing but characters are supported on terminal frames. For a |
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1670 composition sequence, it->c is the first character of the |
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1671 sequence. */ |
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1672 xassert (it->what == IT_CHARACTER |
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1673 || it->what == IT_COMPOSITION); |
25002 | 1674 |
1675 if (it->c >= 040 && it->c < 0177) | |
1676 { | |
1677 it->pixel_width = it->nglyphs = 1; | |
1678 if (it->glyph_row) | |
1679 append_glyph (it); | |
1680 } | |
1681 else if (it->c == '\n') | |
1682 it->pixel_width = it->nglyphs = 0; | |
1683 else if (it->c == '\t') | |
1684 { | |
28685
b4310b6f3b5e
(produce_glyphs): Remove reference to struct it's prompt_width.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
1685 int absolute_x = (it->current_x |
25002 | 1686 + it->continuation_lines_width); |
1687 int next_tab_x | |
1688 = (((1 + absolute_x + it->tab_width - 1) | |
1689 / it->tab_width) | |
1690 * it->tab_width); | |
1691 int nspaces; | |
1692 | |
1693 /* If part of the TAB has been displayed on the previous line | |
1694 which is continued now, continuation_lines_width will have | |
1695 been incremented already by the part that fitted on the | |
1696 continued line. So, we will get the right number of spaces | |
1697 here. */ | |
1698 nspaces = next_tab_x - absolute_x; | |
1699 | |
1700 if (it->glyph_row) | |
1701 { | |
1702 int n = nspaces; | |
1703 | |
1704 it->c = ' '; | |
1705 it->pixel_width = it->len = 1; | |
1706 | |
1707 while (n--) | |
1708 append_glyph (it); | |
1709 | |
1710 it->c = '\t'; | |
1711 } | |
1712 | |
1713 it->pixel_width = nspaces; | |
1714 it->nglyphs = nspaces; | |
1715 } | |
29262
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1716 else if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c)) |
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1717 { |
29263
167d236e633b
Correct a typo in a comment.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29262
diff
changeset
|
1718 /* Coming here means that it->c is from display table, thus we |
29262
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1719 must send the code as is to the terminal. Although there's |
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1720 no way to know how many columns it occupies on a screen, it |
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1721 is a good assumption that a single byte code has 1-column |
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1722 width. */ |
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1723 it->pixel_width = it->nglyphs = 1; |
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1724 if (it->glyph_row) |
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1725 append_glyph (it); |
b7059c9f98ac
(produce_glyphs): Don't treat eight-bit-* charsets as multibyte.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29097
diff
changeset
|
1726 } |
25002 | 1727 else |
1728 { | |
26871
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1729 /* A multi-byte character. The display width is fixed for all |
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1730 characters of the set. Some of the glyphs may have to be |
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1731 ignored because they are already displayed in a continued |
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1732 line. */ |
25002 | 1733 int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (it->c); |
1734 | |
26871
aaf45e665b14
(encode_terminal_code): Delete codes for a composite
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26425
diff
changeset
|
1735 it->pixel_width = CHARSET_WIDTH (charset); |
25002 | 1736 it->nglyphs = it->pixel_width; |
1737 | |
1738 if (it->glyph_row) | |
1739 append_glyph (it); | |
1740 } | |
1741 | |
1742 /* Advance current_x by the pixel width as a convenience for | |
1743 the caller. */ | |
1744 if (it->area == TEXT_AREA) | |
1745 it->current_x += it->pixel_width; | |
25187
39feb68ed3c7
(produce_glyphs): Set iterator's physical height
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25002
diff
changeset
|
1746 it->ascent = it->max_ascent = it->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent = 0; |
39feb68ed3c7
(produce_glyphs): Set iterator's physical height
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25002
diff
changeset
|
1747 it->descent = it->max_descent = it->phys_descent = it->max_phys_descent = 1; |
25002 | 1748 } |
1749 | |
1750 | |
1751 /* Get information about special display element WHAT in an | |
1752 environment described by IT. WHAT is one of IT_TRUNCATION or | |
1753 IT_CONTINUATION. Maybe produce glyphs for WHAT if IT has a | |
1754 non-null glyph_row member. This function ensures that fields like | |
1755 face_id, c, len of IT are left untouched. */ | |
1756 | |
1757 void | |
1758 produce_special_glyphs (it, what) | |
1759 struct it *it; | |
1760 enum display_element_type what; | |
1761 { | |
1762 struct it temp_it; | |
1763 | |
1764 temp_it = *it; | |
1765 temp_it.dp = NULL; | |
1766 temp_it.what = IT_CHARACTER; | |
1767 temp_it.len = 1; | |
28507
b6f06a755c7d
make_number/XINT/XUINT conversions; EQ/== fixes; ==Qnil -> NILP
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28465
diff
changeset
|
1768 temp_it.object = make_number (0); |
25002 | 1769 bzero (&temp_it.current, sizeof temp_it.current); |
1770 | |
1771 if (what == IT_CONTINUATION) | |
1772 { | |
1773 /* Continuation glyph. */ | |
1774 if (it->dp | |
1775 && INTEGERP (DISP_CONTINUE_GLYPH (it->dp)) | |
1776 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (DISP_CONTINUE_GLYPH (it->dp)))) | |
1777 { | |
1778 temp_it.c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (XINT (DISP_CONTINUE_GLYPH (it->dp))); | |
29019
50e144ba4af7
(produce_special_glyphs): Use CHAR_BYTES instead of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
28685
diff
changeset
|
1779 temp_it.len = CHAR_BYTES (temp_it.c); |
25002 | 1780 } |
1781 else | |
1782 temp_it.c = '\\'; | |
1783 | |
1784 produce_glyphs (&temp_it); | |
1785 it->pixel_width = temp_it.pixel_width; | |
1786 it->nglyphs = temp_it.pixel_width; | |
1787 } | |
1788 else if (what == IT_TRUNCATION) | |
1789 { | |
1790 /* Truncation glyph. */ | |
1791 if (it->dp | |
1792 && INTEGERP (DISP_TRUNC_GLYPH (it->dp)) | |
1793 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (DISP_TRUNC_GLYPH (it->dp)))) | |
1794 { | |
1795 temp_it.c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (XINT (DISP_TRUNC_GLYPH (it->dp))); | |
29019
50e144ba4af7
(produce_special_glyphs): Use CHAR_BYTES instead of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
28685
diff
changeset
|
1796 temp_it.len = CHAR_BYTES (temp_it.c); |
25002 | 1797 } |
1798 else | |
1799 temp_it.c = '$'; | |
1800 | |
1801 produce_glyphs (&temp_it); | |
1802 it->pixel_width = temp_it.pixel_width; | |
1803 it->nglyphs = temp_it.pixel_width; | |
1804 } | |
1805 else | |
1806 abort (); | |
1807 } | |
1808 | |
1809 | |
1810 /* Return an estimation of the pixel height of mode or top lines on | |
1811 frame F. FACE_ID specifies what line's height to estimate. */ | |
1812 | |
1813 int | |
1814 estimate_mode_line_height (f, face_id) | |
1815 struct frame *f; | |
1816 enum face_id face_id; | |
1817 { | |
1818 if (estimate_mode_line_height_hook) | |
1819 return estimate_mode_line_height_hook (f, face_id); | |
1820 else | |
1821 return 1; | |
1822 } | |
1823 | |
1824 | |
1825 | |
1826 /*********************************************************************** | |
1827 Faces | |
1828 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1829 | |
28465
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1830 /* Value is non-zero if attribute ATTR may be used. ATTR should be |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1831 one of the enumerators from enum no_color_bit, or a bit set built |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1832 from them. Some display attributes may not be used together with |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1833 color; the termcap capability `NC' specifies which ones. */ |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1834 |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1835 #define MAY_USE_WITH_COLORS_P(ATTR) \ |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1836 (TN_max_colors > 0 \ |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1837 ? (TN_no_color_video & (ATTR)) == 0 \ |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1838 : 1) |
25002 | 1839 |
1840 /* Turn appearances of face FACE_ID on tty frame F on. */ | |
1841 | |
1842 static void | |
1843 turn_on_face (f, face_id) | |
1844 struct frame *f; | |
1845 int face_id; | |
1846 { | |
1847 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id); | |
37477
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1848 long fg = face->foreground; |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1849 long bg = face->background; |
25002 | 1850 |
37477
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1851 /* Do this first because TS_end_standout_mode may be the same |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1852 as TS_exit_attribute_mode, which turns all appearances off. */ |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1853 if (MAY_USE_WITH_COLORS_P (NC_REVERSE)) |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1854 { |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1855 if (TN_max_colors > 0) |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1856 { |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1857 if (fg >= 0 && bg >= 0) |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1858 { |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1859 /* If the terminal supports colors, we can set them |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1860 below without using reverse video. The face's fg |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1861 and bg colors are set as they should appear on |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1862 the screen, i.e. they take the inverse-video'ness |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1863 of the face already into account. */ |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1864 } |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1865 else if (inverse_video) |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1866 { |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1867 if (fg == FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1868 || bg == FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR) |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1869 toggle_highlight (); |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1870 } |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1871 else |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1872 { |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1873 if (fg == FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1874 || bg == FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR) |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1875 toggle_highlight (); |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1876 } |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1877 } |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1878 else |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1879 { |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1880 /* If we can't display colors, use reverse video |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1881 if the face specifies that. */ |
37499
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1882 if (inverse_video) |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1883 { |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1884 if (fg == FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1885 || bg == FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR) |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1886 toggle_highlight (); |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1887 } |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1888 else |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1889 { |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1890 if (fg == FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1891 || bg == FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR) |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1892 toggle_highlight (); |
b8ff92361366
(turn_on_face): Fix reverse video handling on terminals
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
37477
diff
changeset
|
1893 } |
37477
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1894 } |
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1895 } |
25002 | 1896 |
1897 if (face->tty_bold_p) | |
28465
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1898 { |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1899 if (MAY_USE_WITH_COLORS_P (NC_BOLD)) |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1900 OUTPUT1_IF (TS_enter_bold_mode); |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1901 } |
25002 | 1902 else if (face->tty_dim_p) |
28465
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1903 if (MAY_USE_WITH_COLORS_P (NC_DIM)) |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1904 OUTPUT1_IF (TS_enter_dim_mode); |
25002 | 1905 |
1906 /* Alternate charset and blinking not yet used. */ | |
28465
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1907 if (face->tty_alt_charset_p |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1908 && MAY_USE_WITH_COLORS_P (NC_ALT_CHARSET)) |
25002 | 1909 OUTPUT1_IF (TS_enter_alt_charset_mode); |
1910 | |
28465
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1911 if (face->tty_blinking_p |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
1912 && MAY_USE_WITH_COLORS_P (NC_BLINK)) |
25002 | 1913 OUTPUT1_IF (TS_enter_blink_mode); |
1914 | |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
1915 if (face->tty_underline_p && MAY_USE_WITH_COLORS_P (NC_UNDERLINE)) |
25002 | 1916 OUTPUT1_IF (TS_enter_underline_mode); |
1917 | |
1918 if (TN_max_colors > 0) | |
1919 { | |
1920 char *p; | |
1921 | |
37477
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1922 if (fg >= 0 && TS_set_foreground) |
25002 | 1923 { |
37477
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1924 p = tparam (TS_set_foreground, NULL, 0, (int) fg); |
25002 | 1925 OUTPUT (p); |
1926 xfree (p); | |
1927 } | |
1928 | |
37477
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1929 if (bg >= 0 && TS_set_background) |
25002 | 1930 { |
37477
6a7ab4d2c7b3
(toggle_highlight): New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35448
diff
changeset
|
1931 p = tparam (TS_set_background, NULL, 0, (int) bg); |
25002 | 1932 OUTPUT (p); |
1933 xfree (p); | |
1934 } | |
1935 } | |
1936 } | |
1937 | |
1938 | |
1939 /* Turn off appearances of face FACE_ID on tty frame F. */ | |
1940 | |
1941 static void | |
1942 turn_off_face (f, face_id) | |
1943 struct frame *f; | |
1944 int face_id; | |
1945 { | |
1946 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id); | |
1947 | |
1948 xassert (face != NULL); | |
1949 | |
1950 if (TS_exit_attribute_mode) | |
1951 { | |
1952 /* Capability "me" will turn off appearance modes double-bright, | |
1953 half-bright, reverse-video, standout, underline. It may or | |
1954 may not turn off alt-char-mode. */ | |
1955 if (face->tty_bold_p | |
1956 || face->tty_dim_p | |
1957 || face->tty_reverse_p | |
1958 || face->tty_alt_charset_p | |
1959 || face->tty_blinking_p | |
1960 || face->tty_underline_p) | |
30848
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1961 { |
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1962 OUTPUT1_IF (TS_exit_attribute_mode); |
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1963 if (strcmp (TS_exit_attribute_mode, TS_end_standout_mode) == 0) |
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1964 standout_mode = 0; |
fc80dcfc32cd
(write_glyphs): Also turn off inverse video after turning
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30836
diff
changeset
|
1965 } |
25002 | 1966 |
1967 if (face->tty_alt_charset_p) | |
1968 OUTPUT_IF (TS_exit_alt_charset_mode); | |
1969 } | |
1970 else | |
1971 { | |
1972 /* If we don't have "me" we can only have those appearances | |
1973 that have exit sequences defined. */ | |
1974 if (face->tty_alt_charset_p) | |
1975 OUTPUT_IF (TS_exit_alt_charset_mode); | |
1976 | |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
1977 if (face->tty_underline_p) |
25002 | 1978 OUTPUT_IF (TS_exit_underline_mode); |
1979 } | |
1980 | |
1981 /* Switch back to default colors. */ | |
1982 if (TN_max_colors > 0 | |
26902
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26871
diff
changeset
|
1983 && ((face->foreground != FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_COLOR |
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26871
diff
changeset
|
1984 && face->foreground != FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR) |
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26871
diff
changeset
|
1985 || (face->background != FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_COLOR |
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26871
diff
changeset
|
1986 && face->background != FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR))) |
25002 | 1987 OUTPUT1_IF (TS_orig_pair); |
1988 } | |
1989 | |
1990 | |
45522
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1991 /* Return non-zero if the terminal on frame F supports all of the |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1992 capabilities in CAPS simultaneously, with foreground and background |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1993 colors FG and BG. */ |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1994 |
45548 | 1995 int |
1996 tty_capable_p (f, caps, fg, bg) | |
45522
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1997 struct frame *f; |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1998 unsigned caps; |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
1999 unsigned long fg, bg; |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2000 { |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2001 #define TTY_CAPABLE_P_TRY(cap, TS, NC_bit) \ |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2002 if ((caps & (cap)) && (!(TS) || !MAY_USE_WITH_COLORS_P(NC_bit))) \ |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2003 return 0; |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2004 |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2005 TTY_CAPABLE_P_TRY (TTY_CAP_INVERSE, TS_standout_mode, NC_REVERSE); |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2006 TTY_CAPABLE_P_TRY (TTY_CAP_UNDERLINE, TS_enter_underline_mode, NC_UNDERLINE); |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2007 TTY_CAPABLE_P_TRY (TTY_CAP_BOLD, TS_enter_bold_mode, NC_BOLD); |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2008 TTY_CAPABLE_P_TRY (TTY_CAP_DIM, TS_enter_dim_mode, NC_DIM); |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2009 TTY_CAPABLE_P_TRY (TTY_CAP_BLINK, TS_enter_blink_mode, NC_BLINK); |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2010 TTY_CAPABLE_P_TRY (TTY_CAP_ALT_CHARSET, TS_enter_alt_charset_mode, NC_ALT_CHARSET); |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2011 |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2012 /* We can do it! */ |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2013 return 1; |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2014 } |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2015 |
1513f6afe56f
(tty_capable_p): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
2016 |
25002 | 2017 /* Return non-zero if the terminal is capable to display colors. */ |
2018 | |
2019 DEFUN ("tty-display-color-p", Ftty_display_color_p, Stty_display_color_p, | |
27087
8de2d17323c2
(Ftty_display_color_p): Accept an optional argument FRAME.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
27085
diff
changeset
|
2020 0, 1, 0, |
42959
478fca8e08b4
(Ftty_display_color_cells, Ftty_display_color_p): Change the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42954
diff
changeset
|
2021 doc: /* Return non-nil if TTY can display colors on DISPLAY. */) |
478fca8e08b4
(Ftty_display_color_cells, Ftty_display_color_p): Change the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42954
diff
changeset
|
2022 (display) |
478fca8e08b4
(Ftty_display_color_cells, Ftty_display_color_p): Change the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42954
diff
changeset
|
2023 Lisp_Object display; |
25002 | 2024 { |
2025 return TN_max_colors > 0 ? Qt : Qnil; | |
2026 } | |
2027 | |
42954
e514d4931d6f
(Ftty_display_color_cells): New function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42808
diff
changeset
|
2028 /* Return the number of supported colors. */ |
e514d4931d6f
(Ftty_display_color_cells): New function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42808
diff
changeset
|
2029 DEFUN ("tty-display-color-cells", Ftty_display_color_cells, |
e514d4931d6f
(Ftty_display_color_cells): New function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42808
diff
changeset
|
2030 Stty_display_color_cells, 0, 1, 0, |
42959
478fca8e08b4
(Ftty_display_color_cells, Ftty_display_color_p): Change the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42954
diff
changeset
|
2031 doc: /* Return the number of colors supported by TTY on DISPLAY. */) |
478fca8e08b4
(Ftty_display_color_cells, Ftty_display_color_p): Change the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42954
diff
changeset
|
2032 (display) |
478fca8e08b4
(Ftty_display_color_cells, Ftty_display_color_p): Change the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42954
diff
changeset
|
2033 Lisp_Object display; |
42954
e514d4931d6f
(Ftty_display_color_cells): New function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42808
diff
changeset
|
2034 { |
e514d4931d6f
(Ftty_display_color_cells): New function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42808
diff
changeset
|
2035 return make_number (TN_max_colors); |
e514d4931d6f
(Ftty_display_color_cells): New function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42808
diff
changeset
|
2036 } |
e514d4931d6f
(Ftty_display_color_cells): New function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42808
diff
changeset
|
2037 |
42742
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2038 #ifndef WINDOWSNT |
25002 | 2039 |
42742
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2040 /* Save or restore the default color-related capabilities of this |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2041 terminal. */ |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2042 static void |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2043 tty_default_color_capabilities (save) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2044 int save; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2045 { |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2046 static char |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2047 *default_orig_pair, *default_set_foreground, *default_set_background; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2048 static int default_max_colors, default_max_pairs, default_no_color_video; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2049 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2050 if (save) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2051 { |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2052 if (default_orig_pair) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2053 xfree (default_orig_pair); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2054 default_orig_pair = TS_orig_pair ? xstrdup (TS_orig_pair) : NULL; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2055 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2056 if (default_set_foreground) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2057 xfree (default_set_foreground); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2058 default_set_foreground = TS_set_foreground ? xstrdup (TS_set_foreground) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2059 : NULL; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2060 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2061 if (default_set_background) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2062 xfree (default_set_background); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2063 default_set_background = TS_set_background ? xstrdup (TS_set_background) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2064 : NULL; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2065 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2066 default_max_colors = TN_max_colors; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2067 default_max_pairs = TN_max_pairs; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2068 default_no_color_video = TN_no_color_video; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2069 } |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2070 else |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2071 { |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2072 TS_orig_pair = default_orig_pair; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2073 TS_set_foreground = default_set_foreground; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2074 TS_set_background = default_set_background; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2075 TN_max_colors = default_max_colors; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2076 TN_max_pairs = default_max_pairs; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2077 TN_no_color_video = default_no_color_video; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2078 } |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2079 } |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2080 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2081 /* Setup one of the standard tty color schemes according to MODE. |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2082 MODE's value is generally the number of colors which we want to |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2083 support; zero means set up for the default capabilities, the ones |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2084 we saw at term_init time; -1 means turn off color support. */ |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2085 void |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2086 tty_setup_colors (mode) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2087 int mode; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2088 { |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2089 switch (mode) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2090 { |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2091 case -1: /* no colors at all */ |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2092 TN_max_colors = 0; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2093 TN_max_pairs = 0; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2094 TN_no_color_video = 0; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2095 TS_set_foreground = TS_set_background = TS_orig_pair = NULL; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2096 break; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2097 case 0: /* default colors, if any */ |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2098 default: |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2099 tty_default_color_capabilities (0); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2100 break; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2101 case 8: /* 8 standard ANSI colors */ |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2102 TS_orig_pair = "\033[0m"; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2103 #ifdef TERMINFO |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2104 TS_set_foreground = "\033[3%p1%dm"; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2105 TS_set_background = "\033[4%p1%dm"; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2106 #else |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2107 TS_set_foreground = "\033[3%dm"; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2108 TS_set_background = "\033[4%dm"; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2109 #endif |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2110 TN_max_colors = 8; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2111 TN_max_pairs = 64; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2112 TN_no_color_video = 0; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2113 break; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2114 } |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2115 } |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2116 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2117 void |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2118 set_tty_color_mode (f, val) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2119 struct frame *f; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2120 Lisp_Object val; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2121 { |
42808
cb0b3b9b61ec
(set_tty_color_mode): Remove unused variable `tem'.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
42742
diff
changeset
|
2122 Lisp_Object color_mode_spec, current_mode_spec; |
42742
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2123 Lisp_Object color_mode, current_mode; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2124 int mode, old_mode; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2125 extern Lisp_Object Qtty_color_mode; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2126 Lisp_Object tty_color_mode_alist; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2127 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2128 tty_color_mode_alist = Fintern_soft (build_string ("tty-color-mode-alist"), |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2129 Qnil); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2130 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2131 if (NATNUMP (val)) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2132 color_mode = val; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2133 else |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2134 { |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2135 if (NILP (tty_color_mode_alist)) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2136 color_mode_spec = Qnil; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2137 else |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2138 color_mode_spec = Fassq (val, XSYMBOL (tty_color_mode_alist)->value); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2139 current_mode_spec = assq_no_quit (Qtty_color_mode, f->param_alist); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2140 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2141 if (CONSP (color_mode_spec)) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2142 color_mode = XCDR (color_mode_spec); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2143 else |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2144 color_mode = Qnil; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2145 } |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2146 if (CONSP (current_mode_spec)) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2147 current_mode = XCDR (current_mode_spec); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2148 else |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2149 current_mode = Qnil; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2150 if (NATNUMP (color_mode)) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2151 mode = XINT (color_mode); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2152 else |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2153 mode = 0; /* meaning default */ |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2154 if (NATNUMP (current_mode)) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2155 old_mode = XINT (current_mode); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2156 else |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2157 old_mode = 0; |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2158 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2159 if (mode != old_mode) |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2160 { |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2161 tty_setup_colors (mode); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2162 /* This recomputes all the faces given the new color |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2163 definitions. */ |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2164 call0 (intern ("tty-set-up-initial-frame-faces")); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2165 redraw_frame (f); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2166 } |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2167 } |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2168 |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2169 #endif /* !WINDOWSNT */ |
25002 | 2170 |
2171 | |
2172 /*********************************************************************** | |
2173 Initialization | |
2174 ***********************************************************************/ | |
2175 | |
21514 | 2176 void |
253 | 2177 term_init (terminal_type) |
2178 char *terminal_type; | |
2179 { | |
2180 char *area; | |
2181 char **address = &area; | |
2182 char buffer[2044]; | |
2183 register char *p; | |
2184 int status; | |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2185 struct frame *sf = XFRAME (selected_frame); |
253 | 2186 |
9797
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2187 #ifdef WINDOWSNT |
16885
ddd632f61ce3
(term_init): Use new name initialize_w32_display.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16260
diff
changeset
|
2188 initialize_w32_display (); |
9797
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2189 |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2190 Wcm_clear (); |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2191 |
24431
00398ed56396
(term_init): Use xmalloc, not malloc.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
24263
diff
changeset
|
2192 area = (char *) xmalloc (2044); |
9797
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2193 |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2194 if (area == 0) |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2195 abort (); |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2196 |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2197 FrameRows = FRAME_HEIGHT (sf); |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2198 FrameCols = FRAME_WIDTH (sf); |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2199 specified_window = FRAME_HEIGHT (sf); |
9797
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2200 |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2201 delete_in_insert_mode = 1; |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2202 |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2203 UseTabs = 0; |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2204 scroll_region_ok = 0; |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2205 |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2206 /* Seems to insert lines when it's not supposed to, messing |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2207 up the display. In doing a trace, it didn't seem to be |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2208 called much, so I don't think we're losing anything by |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2209 turning it off. */ |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2210 |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2211 line_ins_del_ok = 0; |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2212 char_ins_del_ok = 1; |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2213 |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2214 baud_rate = 19200; |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2215 |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2216 FRAME_CAN_HAVE_SCROLL_BARS (sf) = 0; |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2217 FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (sf) = vertical_scroll_bar_none; |
27519
fd4d74bc1e42
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Initialize TN_max_colors.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
27128
diff
changeset
|
2218 TN_max_colors = 16; /* Required to be non-zero for tty-display-color-p */ |
9797
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2219 |
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2220 return; |
21827
87c7f4bd99da
Include cm.h after dispextern.h to avoid name conflicts
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
21624
diff
changeset
|
2221 #else /* not WINDOWSNT */ |
9797
05d9072c5a38
(term_init) [WINDOWSNT]: Do some Windows-specific
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9658
diff
changeset
|
2222 |
253 | 2223 Wcm_clear (); |
2224 | |
2225 status = tgetent (buffer, terminal_type); | |
2226 if (status < 0) | |
10824
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2227 { |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2228 #ifdef TERMINFO |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2229 fatal ("Cannot open terminfo database file"); |
10824
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2230 #else |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2231 fatal ("Cannot open termcap database file"); |
10824
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2232 #endif |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2233 } |
253 | 2234 if (status == 0) |
10824
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2235 { |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2236 #ifdef TERMINFO |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2237 fatal ("Terminal type %s is not defined.\n\ |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2238 If that is not the actual type of terminal you have,\n\ |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2239 use the Bourne shell command `TERM=... export TERM' (C-shell:\n\ |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2240 `setenv TERM ...') to specify the correct type. It may be necessary\n\ |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2241 to do `unset TERMINFO' (C-shell: `unsetenv TERMINFO') as well.", |
10824
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2242 terminal_type); |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2243 #else |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2244 fatal ("Terminal type %s is not defined.\n\ |
4499
c7bfd863aefd
(term_init): Improve error messages (give sh commands).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3706
diff
changeset
|
2245 If that is not the actual type of terminal you have,\n\ |
c7bfd863aefd
(term_init): Improve error messages (give sh commands).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3706
diff
changeset
|
2246 use the Bourne shell command `TERM=... export TERM' (C-shell:\n\ |
c7bfd863aefd
(term_init): Improve error messages (give sh commands).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3706
diff
changeset
|
2247 `setenv TERM ...') to specify the correct type. It may be necessary\n\ |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2248 to do `unset TERMCAP' (C-shell: `unsetenv TERMCAP') as well.", |
10824
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2249 terminal_type); |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2250 #endif |
894369e950f5
(term_init) [TERMINFO]: Make error message more accurate.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10771
diff
changeset
|
2251 } |
253 | 2252 #ifdef TERMINFO |
24431
00398ed56396
(term_init): Use xmalloc, not malloc.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
24263
diff
changeset
|
2253 area = (char *) xmalloc (2044); |
253 | 2254 #else |
24431
00398ed56396
(term_init): Use xmalloc, not malloc.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
24263
diff
changeset
|
2255 area = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (buffer)); |
253 | 2256 #endif /* not TERMINFO */ |
2257 if (area == 0) | |
2258 abort (); | |
2259 | |
2260 TS_ins_line = tgetstr ("al", address); | |
2261 TS_ins_multi_lines = tgetstr ("AL", address); | |
2262 TS_bell = tgetstr ("bl", address); | |
2263 BackTab = tgetstr ("bt", address); | |
2264 TS_clr_to_bottom = tgetstr ("cd", address); | |
2265 TS_clr_line = tgetstr ("ce", address); | |
765 | 2266 TS_clr_frame = tgetstr ("cl", address); |
28685
b4310b6f3b5e
(produce_glyphs): Remove reference to struct it's prompt_width.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
2267 ColPosition = NULL; /* tgetstr ("ch", address); */ |
253 | 2268 AbsPosition = tgetstr ("cm", address); |
2269 CR = tgetstr ("cr", address); | |
2270 TS_set_scroll_region = tgetstr ("cs", address); | |
2271 TS_set_scroll_region_1 = tgetstr ("cS", address); | |
2272 RowPosition = tgetstr ("cv", address); | |
2273 TS_del_char = tgetstr ("dc", address); | |
2274 TS_del_multi_chars = tgetstr ("DC", address); | |
2275 TS_del_line = tgetstr ("dl", address); | |
2276 TS_del_multi_lines = tgetstr ("DL", address); | |
2277 TS_delete_mode = tgetstr ("dm", address); | |
2278 TS_end_delete_mode = tgetstr ("ed", address); | |
2279 TS_end_insert_mode = tgetstr ("ei", address); | |
2280 Home = tgetstr ("ho", address); | |
2281 TS_ins_char = tgetstr ("ic", address); | |
2282 TS_ins_multi_chars = tgetstr ("IC", address); | |
2283 TS_insert_mode = tgetstr ("im", address); | |
2284 TS_pad_inserted_char = tgetstr ("ip", address); | |
2285 TS_end_keypad_mode = tgetstr ("ke", address); | |
2286 TS_keypad_mode = tgetstr ("ks", address); | |
2287 LastLine = tgetstr ("ll", address); | |
2288 Right = tgetstr ("nd", address); | |
2289 Down = tgetstr ("do", address); | |
2290 if (!Down) | |
2291 Down = tgetstr ("nl", address); /* Obsolete name for "do" */ | |
2292 #ifdef VMS | |
2293 /* VMS puts a carriage return before each linefeed, | |
2294 so it is not safe to use linefeeds. */ | |
2295 if (Down && Down[0] == '\n' && Down[1] == '\0') | |
2296 Down = 0; | |
2297 #endif /* VMS */ | |
2298 if (tgetflag ("bs")) | |
2299 Left = "\b"; /* can't possibly be longer! */ | |
2300 else /* (Actually, "bs" is obsolete...) */ | |
2301 Left = tgetstr ("le", address); | |
2302 if (!Left) | |
2303 Left = tgetstr ("bc", address); /* Obsolete name for "le" */ | |
2304 TS_pad_char = tgetstr ("pc", address); | |
2305 TS_repeat = tgetstr ("rp", address); | |
2306 TS_end_standout_mode = tgetstr ("se", address); | |
2307 TS_fwd_scroll = tgetstr ("sf", address); | |
2308 TS_standout_mode = tgetstr ("so", address); | |
2309 TS_rev_scroll = tgetstr ("sr", address); | |
2310 Wcm.cm_tab = tgetstr ("ta", address); | |
2311 TS_end_termcap_modes = tgetstr ("te", address); | |
2312 TS_termcap_modes = tgetstr ("ti", address); | |
2313 Up = tgetstr ("up", address); | |
2314 TS_visible_bell = tgetstr ("vb", address); | |
25002 | 2315 TS_cursor_normal = tgetstr ("ve", address); |
2316 TS_cursor_visible = tgetstr ("vs", address); | |
2317 TS_cursor_invisible = tgetstr ("vi", address); | |
253 | 2318 TS_set_window = tgetstr ("wi", address); |
25002 | 2319 |
2320 TS_enter_underline_mode = tgetstr ("us", address); | |
2321 TS_exit_underline_mode = tgetstr ("ue", address); | |
2322 TS_enter_bold_mode = tgetstr ("md", address); | |
2323 TS_enter_dim_mode = tgetstr ("mh", address); | |
2324 TS_enter_blink_mode = tgetstr ("mb", address); | |
2325 TS_enter_reverse_mode = tgetstr ("mr", address); | |
2326 TS_enter_alt_charset_mode = tgetstr ("as", address); | |
2327 TS_exit_alt_charset_mode = tgetstr ("ae", address); | |
2328 TS_exit_attribute_mode = tgetstr ("me", address); | |
2329 | |
253 | 2330 MultiUp = tgetstr ("UP", address); |
2331 MultiDown = tgetstr ("DO", address); | |
2332 MultiLeft = tgetstr ("LE", address); | |
2333 MultiRight = tgetstr ("RI", address); | |
2334 | |
26425
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2335 /* SVr4/ANSI color suppert. If "op" isn't available, don't support |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2336 color because we can't switch back to the default foreground and |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2337 background. */ |
25002 | 2338 TS_orig_pair = tgetstr ("op", address); |
26425
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2339 if (TS_orig_pair) |
25002 | 2340 { |
26425
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2341 TS_set_foreground = tgetstr ("AF", address); |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2342 TS_set_background = tgetstr ("AB", address); |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2343 if (!TS_set_foreground) |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2344 { |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2345 /* SVr4. */ |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2346 TS_set_foreground = tgetstr ("Sf", address); |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2347 TS_set_background = tgetstr ("Sb", address); |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2348 } |
28465
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
2349 |
26425
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2350 TN_max_colors = tgetnum ("Co"); |
08c26156186a
(term_init): If "op" isn't available, don't support color
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25727
diff
changeset
|
2351 TN_max_pairs = tgetnum ("pa"); |
28465
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
2352 |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
2353 TN_no_color_video = tgetnum ("NC"); |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
2354 if (TN_no_color_video == -1) |
113efc964095
(TN_no_color_video): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28200
diff
changeset
|
2355 TN_no_color_video = 0; |
25002 | 2356 } |
2357 | |
42742
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2358 tty_default_color_capabilities (1); |
73fcf65b58d3
(tty_default_color_capabilities, tty_setup_colors)
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42122
diff
changeset
|
2359 |
11530
a265aaa699e0
(term_init): MagicWrap implies AutoWrap.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2360 MagicWrap = tgetflag ("xn"); |
a265aaa699e0
(term_init): MagicWrap implies AutoWrap.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2361 /* Since we make MagicWrap terminals look like AutoWrap, we need to have |
a265aaa699e0
(term_init): MagicWrap implies AutoWrap.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2362 the former flag imply the latter. */ |
a265aaa699e0
(term_init): MagicWrap implies AutoWrap.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2363 AutoWrap = MagicWrap || tgetflag ("am"); |
765 | 2364 memory_below_frame = tgetflag ("db"); |
253 | 2365 TF_hazeltine = tgetflag ("hz"); |
2366 must_write_spaces = tgetflag ("in"); | |
2367 meta_key = tgetflag ("km") || tgetflag ("MT"); | |
2368 TF_insmode_motion = tgetflag ("mi"); | |
2369 TF_standout_motion = tgetflag ("ms"); | |
2370 TF_underscore = tgetflag ("ul"); | |
2371 TF_teleray = tgetflag ("xt"); | |
2372 | |
533 | 2373 term_get_fkeys (address); |
2374 | |
765 | 2375 /* Get frame size from system, or else from termcap. */ |
16093
4c74d7f1cfa6
(term_init): Avoid type-mismatch calling get_frame_size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15974
diff
changeset
|
2376 { |
4c74d7f1cfa6
(term_init): Avoid type-mismatch calling get_frame_size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15974
diff
changeset
|
2377 int height, width; |
4c74d7f1cfa6
(term_init): Avoid type-mismatch calling get_frame_size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15974
diff
changeset
|
2378 get_frame_size (&width, &height); |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2379 FRAME_WIDTH (sf) = width; |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2380 FRAME_HEIGHT (sf) = height; |
16093
4c74d7f1cfa6
(term_init): Avoid type-mismatch calling get_frame_size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15974
diff
changeset
|
2381 } |
4c74d7f1cfa6
(term_init): Avoid type-mismatch calling get_frame_size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15974
diff
changeset
|
2382 |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2383 if (FRAME_WIDTH (sf) <= 0) |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2384 SET_FRAME_WIDTH (sf, tgetnum ("co")); |
16260
4468f3277e80
(term_init): Use new vertical scroll bar enumerated type.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16094
diff
changeset
|
2385 else |
4468f3277e80
(term_init): Use new vertical scroll bar enumerated type.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16094
diff
changeset
|
2386 /* Keep width and external_width consistent */ |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2387 SET_FRAME_WIDTH (sf, FRAME_WIDTH (sf)); |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2388 if (FRAME_HEIGHT (sf) <= 0) |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2389 FRAME_HEIGHT (sf) = tgetnum ("li"); |
16260
4468f3277e80
(term_init): Use new vertical scroll bar enumerated type.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16094
diff
changeset
|
2390 |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2391 if (FRAME_HEIGHT (sf) < 3 || FRAME_WIDTH (sf) < 3) |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2392 fatal ("Screen size %dx%d is too small", |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2393 FRAME_HEIGHT (sf), FRAME_WIDTH (sf)); |
10332
e14daed4a820
(term_init): Fatal error if screen is too small.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10261
diff
changeset
|
2394 |
253 | 2395 min_padding_speed = tgetnum ("pb"); |
2396 TabWidth = tgetnum ("tw"); | |
2397 | |
2398 #ifdef VMS | |
2399 /* These capabilities commonly use ^J. | |
2400 I don't know why, but sending them on VMS does not work; | |
2401 it causes following spaces to be lost, sometimes. | |
2402 For now, the simplest fix is to avoid using these capabilities ever. */ | |
2403 if (Down && Down[0] == '\n') | |
2404 Down = 0; | |
2405 #endif /* VMS */ | |
2406 | |
2407 if (!TS_bell) | |
2408 TS_bell = "\07"; | |
2409 | |
2410 if (!TS_fwd_scroll) | |
2411 TS_fwd_scroll = Down; | |
2412 | |
2413 PC = TS_pad_char ? *TS_pad_char : 0; | |
2414 | |
2415 if (TabWidth < 0) | |
2416 TabWidth = 8; | |
2417 | |
2418 /* Turned off since /etc/termcap seems to have :ta= for most terminals | |
2419 and newer termcap doc does not seem to say there is a default. | |
2420 if (!Wcm.cm_tab) | |
2421 Wcm.cm_tab = "\t"; | |
2422 */ | |
2423 | |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2424 /* We don't support standout modes that use `magic cookies', so |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2425 turn off any that do. */ |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2426 if (TS_standout_mode && tgetnum ("sg") >= 0) |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2427 { |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2428 TS_standout_mode = 0; |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2429 TS_end_standout_mode = 0; |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2430 } |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2431 if (TS_enter_underline_mode && tgetnum ("ug") >= 0) |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2432 { |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2433 TS_enter_underline_mode = 0; |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2434 TS_exit_underline_mode = 0; |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2435 } |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2436 |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2437 /* If there's no standout mode, try to use underlining instead. */ |
253 | 2438 if (TS_standout_mode == 0) |
2439 { | |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2440 TS_standout_mode = TS_enter_underline_mode; |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2441 TS_end_standout_mode = TS_exit_underline_mode; |
253 | 2442 } |
2443 | |
5933
560cee2048ed
(term_init): If no `se', use `me';
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5648
diff
changeset
|
2444 /* If no `se' string, try using a `me' string instead. |
560cee2048ed
(term_init): If no `se', use `me';
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5648
diff
changeset
|
2445 If that fails, we can't use standout mode at all. */ |
560cee2048ed
(term_init): If no `se', use `me';
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5648
diff
changeset
|
2446 if (TS_end_standout_mode == 0) |
560cee2048ed
(term_init): If no `se', use `me';
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5648
diff
changeset
|
2447 { |
8612
86065bec6fc9
(term_init): Added missing argument to tgetstr.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8027
diff
changeset
|
2448 char *s = tgetstr ("me", address); |
5933
560cee2048ed
(term_init): If no `se', use `me';
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5648
diff
changeset
|
2449 if (s != 0) |
560cee2048ed
(term_init): If no `se', use `me';
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5648
diff
changeset
|
2450 TS_end_standout_mode = s; |
560cee2048ed
(term_init): If no `se', use `me';
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5648
diff
changeset
|
2451 else |
560cee2048ed
(term_init): If no `se', use `me';
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5648
diff
changeset
|
2452 TS_standout_mode = 0; |
560cee2048ed
(term_init): If no `se', use `me';
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5648
diff
changeset
|
2453 } |
560cee2048ed
(term_init): If no `se', use `me';
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5648
diff
changeset
|
2454 |
253 | 2455 if (TF_teleray) |
2456 { | |
2457 Wcm.cm_tab = 0; | |
40086
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2458 /* We can't support standout mode, because it uses magic cookies. */ |
050b19294988
(TN_standout_width, TF_xs, TN_magic_cookie_glitch_ul): Variables removed.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40081
diff
changeset
|
2459 TS_standout_mode = 0; |
253 | 2460 /* But that means we cannot rely on ^M to go to column zero! */ |
2461 CR = 0; | |
2462 /* LF can't be trusted either -- can alter hpos */ | |
2463 /* if move at column 0 thru a line with TS_standout_mode */ | |
2464 Down = 0; | |
2465 } | |
2466 | |
2467 /* Special handling for certain terminal types known to need it */ | |
2468 | |
2469 if (!strcmp (terminal_type, "supdup")) | |
2470 { | |
765 | 2471 memory_below_frame = 1; |
253 | 2472 Wcm.cm_losewrap = 1; |
2473 } | |
2474 if (!strncmp (terminal_type, "c10", 3) | |
2475 || !strcmp (terminal_type, "perq")) | |
2476 { | |
2477 /* Supply a makeshift :wi string. | |
2478 This string is not valid in general since it works only | |
2479 for windows starting at the upper left corner; | |
2480 but that is all Emacs uses. | |
2481 | |
765 | 2482 This string works only if the frame is using |
253 | 2483 the top of the video memory, because addressing is memory-relative. |
2484 So first check the :ti string to see if that is true. | |
2485 | |
2486 It would be simpler if the :wi string could go in the termcap | |
2487 entry, but it can't because it is not fully valid. | |
2488 If it were in the termcap entry, it would confuse other programs. */ | |
2489 if (!TS_set_window) | |
2490 { | |
2491 p = TS_termcap_modes; | |
2492 while (*p && strcmp (p, "\033v ")) | |
2493 p++; | |
2494 if (*p) | |
2495 TS_set_window = "\033v%C %C %C %C "; | |
2496 } | |
2497 /* Termcap entry often fails to have :in: flag */ | |
2498 must_write_spaces = 1; | |
2499 /* :ti string typically fails to have \E^G! in it */ | |
2500 /* This limits scope of insert-char to one line. */ | |
2501 strcpy (area, TS_termcap_modes); | |
2502 strcat (area, "\033\007!"); | |
2503 TS_termcap_modes = area; | |
2504 area += strlen (area) + 1; | |
2505 p = AbsPosition; | |
2506 /* Change all %+ parameters to %C, to handle | |
2507 values above 96 correctly for the C100. */ | |
2508 while (*p) | |
2509 { | |
2510 if (p[0] == '%' && p[1] == '+') | |
2511 p[1] = 'C'; | |
2512 p++; | |
2513 } | |
2514 } | |
2515 | |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2516 FrameRows = FRAME_HEIGHT (sf); |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2517 FrameCols = FRAME_WIDTH (sf); |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2518 specified_window = FRAME_HEIGHT (sf); |
253 | 2519 |
2520 if (Wcm_init () == -1) /* can't do cursor motion */ | |
2521 #ifdef VMS | |
2522 fatal ("Terminal type \"%s\" is not powerful enough to run Emacs.\n\ | |
2523 It lacks the ability to position the cursor.\n\ | |
2524 If that is not the actual type of terminal you have, use either the\n\ | |
2525 DCL command `SET TERMINAL/DEVICE= ...' for DEC-compatible terminals,\n\ | |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2526 or `define EMACS_TERM \"terminal type\"' for non-DEC terminals.", |
253 | 2527 terminal_type); |
12412
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2528 #else /* not VMS */ |
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2529 # ifdef TERMINFO |
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2530 fatal ("Terminal type \"%s\" is not powerful enough to run Emacs.\n\ |
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2531 It lacks the ability to position the cursor.\n\ |
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2532 If that is not the actual type of terminal you have,\n\ |
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2533 use the Bourne shell command `TERM=... export TERM' (C-shell:\n\ |
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2534 `setenv TERM ...') to specify the correct type. It may be necessary\n\ |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2535 to do `unset TERMINFO' (C-shell: `unsetenv TERMINFO') as well.", |
12412
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2536 terminal_type); |
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2537 # else /* TERMCAP */ |
253 | 2538 fatal ("Terminal type \"%s\" is not powerful enough to run Emacs.\n\ |
2539 It lacks the ability to position the cursor.\n\ | |
2540 If that is not the actual type of terminal you have,\n\ | |
4499
c7bfd863aefd
(term_init): Improve error messages (give sh commands).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3706
diff
changeset
|
2541 use the Bourne shell command `TERM=... export TERM' (C-shell:\n\ |
c7bfd863aefd
(term_init): Improve error messages (give sh commands).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3706
diff
changeset
|
2542 `setenv TERM ...') to specify the correct type. It may be necessary\n\ |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2543 to do `unset TERMCAP' (C-shell: `unsetenv TERMCAP') as well.", |
253 | 2544 terminal_type); |
12412
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2545 # endif /* TERMINFO */ |
7f2c068121d8
(term_init): Alternative error messages for TERMCAP/TERMINFO.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12071
diff
changeset
|
2546 #endif /*VMS */ |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2547 if (FRAME_HEIGHT (sf) <= 0 |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2548 || FRAME_WIDTH (sf) <= 0) |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2549 fatal ("The frame size has not been specified"); |
253 | 2550 |
2551 delete_in_insert_mode | |
2552 = TS_delete_mode && TS_insert_mode | |
2553 && !strcmp (TS_delete_mode, TS_insert_mode); | |
2554 | |
2555 se_is_so = (TS_standout_mode | |
2556 && TS_end_standout_mode | |
2557 && !strcmp (TS_standout_mode, TS_end_standout_mode)); | |
2558 | |
2559 UseTabs = tabs_safe_p () && TabWidth == 8; | |
2560 | |
2561 scroll_region_ok | |
2562 = (Wcm.cm_abs | |
2563 && (TS_set_window || TS_set_scroll_region || TS_set_scroll_region_1)); | |
2564 | |
2565 line_ins_del_ok = (((TS_ins_line || TS_ins_multi_lines) | |
2566 && (TS_del_line || TS_del_multi_lines)) | |
2567 || (scroll_region_ok && TS_fwd_scroll && TS_rev_scroll)); | |
2568 | |
2569 char_ins_del_ok = ((TS_ins_char || TS_insert_mode | |
2570 || TS_pad_inserted_char || TS_ins_multi_chars) | |
2571 && (TS_del_char || TS_del_multi_chars)); | |
2572 | |
2573 fast_clear_end_of_line = TS_clr_line != 0; | |
2574 | |
2575 init_baud_rate (); | |
2576 if (read_socket_hook) /* Baudrate is somewhat */ | |
2577 /* meaningless in this case */ | |
2578 baud_rate = 9600; | |
1717
aa7d6d57504b
* frame.h (struct frame): New fields `can_have_scrollbars' and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1015
diff
changeset
|
2579 |
25675
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2580 FRAME_CAN_HAVE_SCROLL_BARS (sf) = 0; |
992d0d097e54
(OUTPUT): Change for Lisp_Object selected_frame.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25187
diff
changeset
|
2581 FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (sf) = vertical_scroll_bar_none; |
21827
87c7f4bd99da
Include cm.h after dispextern.h to avoid name conflicts
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
21624
diff
changeset
|
2582 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */ |
253 | 2583 } |
2584 | |
2585 /* VARARGS 1 */ | |
21514 | 2586 void |
253 | 2587 fatal (str, arg1, arg2) |
621 | 2588 char *str, *arg1, *arg2; |
253 | 2589 { |
2590 fprintf (stderr, "emacs: "); | |
2591 fprintf (stderr, str, arg1, arg2); | |
16894
cd8d6bf6b320
(fatal): Print a newline at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16885
diff
changeset
|
2592 fprintf (stderr, "\n"); |
253 | 2593 fflush (stderr); |
2594 exit (1); | |
2595 } | |
6752
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
2596 |
21514 | 2597 void |
6752
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
2598 syms_of_term () |
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
2599 { |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39914
diff
changeset
|
2600 DEFVAR_BOOL ("system-uses-terminfo", &system_uses_terminfo, |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39914
diff
changeset
|
2601 doc: /* Non-nil means the system uses terminfo rather than termcap. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
2602 This variable can be used by terminal emulator packages. */); |
6752
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
2603 #ifdef TERMINFO |
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
2604 system_uses_terminfo = 1; |
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
2605 #else |
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
2606 system_uses_terminfo = 0; |
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
2607 #endif |
15974
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
2608 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39914
diff
changeset
|
2609 DEFVAR_LISP ("ring-bell-function", &Vring_bell_function, |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39914
diff
changeset
|
2610 doc: /* Non-nil means call this function to ring the bell. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
2611 The function should accept no arguments. */); |
15974
61249a8fe735
(Vring_bell_function): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15094
diff
changeset
|
2612 Vring_bell_function = Qnil; |
25002 | 2613 |
2614 defsubr (&Stty_display_color_p); | |
42954
e514d4931d6f
(Ftty_display_color_cells): New function.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
42808
diff
changeset
|
2615 defsubr (&Stty_display_color_cells); |
6752
f9236145bad7
(system_uses_terminfo): New variable.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6652
diff
changeset
|
2616 } |
25002 | 2617 |